Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D15-0228 - RED ROBIN - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY EXPIRED 09117116 D15-0228 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.Tukwi[aWA.Rov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: 2623049110 Permit Number: D15-0228 Address: 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Issue Date: 10/27/2015 Permit Expires On: 4/24/2016 Project Name: RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS Owner: Name: KIR TUKWILA 050 LLC Address: 3333 NEW HYDE PARK RD #100 PO C/O KIMCO REALTY CORP, NEW HYDE PK,SC,11042 Contact Person: Name: D AARON WELLS Phone: (864) 232-8200 Address: 211 E BROAD ST, GREENVILLE, SC, 29601 Contractor: Name: ALEGIS CONSTRUCTION INC Phone: (503) 970-8312 Address: 3701 S NORFOLK ST #300, SEATTLE, WA, 98118 License No: ALEGIC1894CN Expiration Date: 2/19/2017 Lender: Name: RED ROBIN INTERNATIONAL Address: 6312 S FIDDLERS GREEN CIRCLE, GREENWOOD VILLAGE, CO, 80111 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INTERIOR DECOR UPGRADE, NEW FLOORING, TRIM, PAINT AND DECOR. BAR UPGRADE/RELOCATION, NEW FINISHES, PLUMBING AND DECOR Project Valuation: $270,000.00 Fees Collected: $5,030.72 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type of Construction: VB Occupancy per IBC: A-2 Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA FIRE SERVICE Water District: HIGHLINEJUKWILA SewerDistrict: TUKWILA SEWER SERVICE ICurrent Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: 2012 National Electrical Code: 2014 International Residential Code Edition: 2012 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2012 WAC 296-4613: 2014 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2012 WA State Energy Code: 2012 International Fuel Gas Code: 2012 Public Works Activities: Channel ization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: L04�2 Ll�l F I f I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. �r,Q S Signature:_ Date: t 7-(( Print Name:. 1? p;,LLAJ2J U CIIA . . ........ This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: Landscaping maintenance shall comply with TIVIC 18.28.240 and shall not increase the degree of nonconformity with the regulations of this section. Per TIVIC 18.28.240(B)(9) the Pruning of trees is only allowed for the health of the tree, to maintain sight distances or sight lines into commercial areas, or if interfering with overhead utilities. All pruning must be done in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A-300 specifications. No tree planted by a property owner or the City to fulfill landscape requirements, or any existing tree, may be topped or removed without prior approval from the City. If a tree is topped or removed without approval, it shall be replaced with a new tree that meets the intent of this chapter within 120 days or the property owner will be subject to code enforcement action per TIVIC Chapter 8.45. 5: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 4013:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 2: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 3: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 4: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. if the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 73) 6: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 7: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 8: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 9: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 10: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.9.1) 11: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 12: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall -be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.6) 13: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1017.1) 14: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1011.6.3) 15: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (I lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.3.1) 18: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 17: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 16: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 19: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437. 21: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 20: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 22: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 23: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (N FPA 70) 24: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.9 of the International Building Code. 25: In occupancies of Groups A, E, I and R-1 and dormitories in Group R-2, curtains, draperies, hangings and other decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall be flame resistant in accordance with NFPA 701 or be noncombustible. Where required to be flame resistant, decorative materials shall be tested by an approved agency and pass Test 1, as described in NFPA 701, or such materials shall be noncombustible. Reports of test results shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA 701 and furnished to the fire code official upon request. (IFC 807.1, 807.2) 26: Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy shall have the occupancy load of the room or space posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized agent. (IFC 1004.3) 27: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 28: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 29: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 30: 'BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 31: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 32: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 33: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by IBC Chapter 17, Table 1705.3. 34: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 35: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 36: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 37: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. ASCE 7, Chapter 13. 38: Partition walls shall not be tied to a suspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterially braced to the building structure. Such bracing shall be independent of any ceiling splay bracing. 39: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 40: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 41: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 42: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 43: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 44: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 45: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 46: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL" 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0200 FOUNDATION WALL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 4000 SI-CONCRETE CONST 4046 SI-EPDXY/EXP CONC 4028 SI-REINF STEEL -WELD 4039 SI-SEISMIC RESTIST 4025 SI-STEEL CONST 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 hLtp://www.TukwilaWA.P,ov Building Permit No. 1:)J�3 Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. "Please Print" SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 2623049110 Site Address: 17300 Southcenter Parkway Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name: Red Robin Gourmet Burgers New Tenant: ..... Yes Z..No, PROPERTY OWNER Name: Kimco Realty Corp Address: 3333 New Hyde Park Rd. #100 State: Ny Z* City: New Hyde Park W 11042 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: D. Aaron Wells Address: 211 E. Broad St. City: Greenville State: SC Zip: 29601 Phone: (864) 232-8200 Fax: Email: awells@dp3architects.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: AJ Richardson Construction, Inc Address: PO Box 1704 City: Woodinville State: WA Zip: 98072 Phone: (425) 844-1717 Fax: (425) 788-5808 Contr Reg No.: AJRICC1984OR Exp Date: 03/06/2017 Tukwila Business License No.: ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Benjamin R. Urueta, Architect Architect Name: Benjamin R. Urueta, Architect Address: 211 E. Broad St. City: Greenville State: sc Zip: 29601 Phone: (864) 232-8200 Fax: Email: bumeta@dp3architects.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Engineer Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Addre V City: j;,,,S;Pte: Zipw1vu 0 H-.\Applicatiorts\Fo�Applicafions On Line\2011 ApplicatiortsTemit Application Revised - 8-9-1 I.do= Revtsed: August 2011 bh Page I of 4 IBUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION— 206-431-3670 1 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 270,000 Existing Building Valuation: Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Interior decor upgrade - new flooring, trim, paint, decor Bar upgrade/relocate - new finishes, plumbing, decor Will there be new rack storage? El ..... Yes O..No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. IProvide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC I' Floor 5,834 5,834 0 0 VB A-2 2'd Floor P Floor Floors thfu Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? El ....... Yes 0 ....... No If "yes", explain - FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 ....... Sprinklers JZ ....... Automatic Fire Alarm El ....... None ....... Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 ....... Yes ....... No If "yes, attach list ofmaterials and storage locations on a separate 8-112 " x I I " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM El ....... On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applicationffo�Applicalions On Line\2011 Applications\Permft Application Revised - 8-9-1l.docx Revised: August 2011 Page 2 of 4 bb IPUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 1 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Existing - No Change Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District [:] ... Tukwila ... Water District # 125 Highline Renton El ... Water Avaflability Provided Sewer District D ... Tukwfla El ... Valley View El Renton El.. Seattle F� ... Sewer Use Certificate 0 ... Sewer Availability Provided Seotic System: R On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with ADDlication (mark boxes which aor E] ... Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") El ... Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) Geotechnical Report ... Traffic Impact Analysis 0 ... Bond [3 .. insurance Easement(s) Maintenance Agreement(s) ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) F1 ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) Provosed Activities (mark boxes that apply): El ... Rigbt-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours E] Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours El ... Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance Right-of-way Use —Potential Disturbance ... Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way n Non Right-of-way F-1 ... Total Cut cubic yards ... Total Fill cubic yards n ... Sanitary Side Sewer El Abandon Septic Tank n ... Cap or Remove Utilities El Curb Cut El ... Frontage Improvements El Pavement Cut El ... Traffic Control [] Looped Fire Line ... Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water n ... Permanent Water Meter Si7e... WO # El ... Temporary Water Meter Size.. WO # El ... Water Only Meter Size ............ WO # ... Sewer Main Extension ............. Public F1 Private F1 ... Water Main Extension ............. Public El Private El Work in Flood Zone Storm Drainage [3 .. Grease Interceptor El Channelization 0 Trench Excavation El Utility Undergrounding E] ... Deduct Water Meter Size FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) El ... Water n ... Sewer E] ... Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billiniz: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip tL-\Applications\Fonns-Applications On Line\2011 ApplicationsTennh ApplicationRevised-8-9-11.dom Revised: Augusi 2011 Page 3 of 4 bh PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING Print Name: Date: DayTelephone: Mailing Address: z z e-12-1 city State Zip H:\Applicaiions\Fomis�Applications On Line\2011 ApplicationsTennit Application Revised -8-9-1l.dDcx Revised: August 2011 Page 4 of 4 bh 40"W DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $3,108.93 D15-0228 Address: 17300 SOUTIHICENTER PKWY Apn:2623049110 $3,108.93 DEVELOPMENT $2,961.10 PERMIT FEE ROOO.322.100.00.00 0.00 $2,956.60 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $147.83 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R6512 ROOO.322.900.04.00 0.00 $147.83 $3,108.93 Date Paid: Tuesday, October 27, 2015 Paid By: ALEGIS CORPORATION Pay Method: CREDIT CARD A57065 Printed: Tuesday, October 27, 2015 1:51 PM 1 of 1 r"ff MVIY5HIAZI DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PermitTRAK PAID $2,180.49 D15-0228 Address: 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn:2623049110 $1,921.79 DEVELOPMENT $1,921.79 PLAN CHECK FEE ROOO.345.830.00.00 0.00 $1,921.79 EL15-0767 Address: 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn:2623049110 $209.SS ELECTRICAL $209.55 PLAN CHECK FEE ROOO.345.832.00.00 0.00 $209.55 PG15-0102 Address: 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Apn:2623049110 $49.15 PLUMBING $49.15 PLAN CHECK FEE ROOO.322.103.00.00 0.00 TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R6063 $49.15 $2,180.49 Date Paid: Tuesday, September 01, 2015 Paid By: ALAN RICHARDSON Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 06615G Printed: Tuesday, September 01, 2015 3:46 PM 1 of 1 Of7w'SYSTEMS V�l R-1 INSPECTION RECORD I P fl-0 ZZ�,s R Retain a copy with permit INIYIW�CFION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 P . f e Type of Insp ctl ddress: I 1300 -�o C* D -te Calfed: Special Instructions:' 41� Date Wantadi& 3 -7-T a.m. — 4- P.M. e uester: P4 N ny-k— 736— 3YKI, Inspector: I Date: 3 — [ 6 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. rvwp.—A AM INSPECTION RECORD. I P A Retain a copy with permit I"P TION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TukwILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukw i1a. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project- t., 1. kf�4 6 Type f I P t C q, )W;,e /(z (14 Address: fr� f I 77Z 06 _kLj t4fk_C �Jby- Date Called: Spec—ial Instructions: ateflanted: a.m. p.m. Kequester: Phone No: I q zr 7 Inspector: ate -1,6 .F-] REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must. be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call. to.schedule reinspection. r INSPECTION RECORD 17(11) Retain a copy with permit INN-?fCTION NO. PERMIT NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Proj'ect.- 6d P� 0 b ((A ho Type of Ippect, & (p, r( ia o4 f Address- (T?00 Sotk*X-Jr P(N V Dat6 CaRkd: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. �—1 ( — (0 p.m. Kequester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. Tcorrections required prior to approval. ,COMMENTS: 7711 mall P 1A # 1P raq, 0 1 1 , IInspector: I Date 3 -if - I REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. i F NSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit -FNSW1--,-1ON NO PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (2p6) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro'lect:1 f T f I )n* n,,pecli( /T- X—d d—res s �. 60 �a 15ate Called: 1-1v 1&c� Sp—ecial Instructions: Date Wanted: 'Q. —M- p.m. eq est Phone No: '2�- ) 3- 7V Inspector: Date 1 i — REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. CatI. to schedule reinspection. rwav T4 147 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1 N 5 P N71?60 N N 0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Type4lnsp t11 Add 6 I �1* 0 S�X�Cfp- f 1 Special Instructions: /Date Wanted. a.m. 2—y p.m. Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. 19corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: fie. eMAWMAMAT PAWMAN LTA W-ANA M-1 A41 IV/ MWE IWAIIIIAM Wire mq IIEM0181�1 '-VAMIIUM�L- WE r F-1 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedute reirispection, ro a INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0 24, INSMTION FO. PERMIT NO. CITY OFTUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Projeck, Type of lng;e�cion: Address: /7:500 7/-/ C"r � te ailed: R/10(/ - Special Instructiops: Date Wa—iVe—d- a.rn p.m. Requester: Phone No: [�] /Approved per applicable codes. 1-1 Corrections required prior to approval. I I paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection, INS ECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1%'I'ECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: Type of Inspe ctio Address: iXe Called: &UL/ SpeEiaf I I nstructions: LiateWanted.- a. Requester: f 'F Phone No: E14r,�Pro,, d per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. " paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Catl. to schedule reinspection. x A W1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permi . t I D15 INSP TION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OFTUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-33670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project'&/ Ty—pe of inspection: Address: L-, (Ael - - ate ailed: 7 Speeial Instructions: All Date WantAd: p.m. ' jg,,q-r rZeor )h.-2- Requester: L1( N t7/ 5 -73J -Fv - 4g�72- -, FlApproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. — paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to scheduLe reinspection. INSPECTION RECOR0. Retain a copy with permit IN'SnCTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OFTUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: Type of I tio 7/"t� c-� Address: Date Called: specilal Instructions: Date Wanted: (a-T, .m. _i,_ Requester: Phone No: U'A'pproved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to -approval. I paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD, rg"') Retain a copy vvith permit IN51FECTION NO. PERMIT NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro'ert Type of Inspectign: Adc ss: �e, �L7- 173i2e,5 50!1-1 —Instruc atV Called: j-j 4V speci—al Fions: Date Wan�(ecl: P�M. R e qUe.�w r: rwpproved per applicable codes. E I Corrections required prior to approval. L---j paid at 63,00 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedute reinspection INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit i6d INSKCTION N67— PERMIT NO. CITY OFTUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Proje Type of tion: kov Address: Date Called: J_� 130L 'tf Ile, /// V Special Instructions: Datg'Wanted: M, ' M. Requester: r ,J) V, Phone No: 1 (21 7 RAppnoved per appli . cable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD -014- -0-��26 Retain a copy with permit S — do INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: lr-� Typej In�pection: 15 00 0—cr Address: Contact Per�on: Suite #: Special Instructions: Phone No.: FlApproved pdr applicable codes. COMMENTS: .4 ,1N,Corrections required prior to approval. x I Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: F $1,00.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: State: City: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION RECORD DIS- - Retain a copy with permit �p INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: Type of Inspection: Address: Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.. RrApproved per applicable codes. 1-1 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: Date:3//�/// H rs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Tech Clock-ln/Out IVR: 1-877-349-2906 Job #: 515580 Tech ID #: 2649 FP Service Instructions CINEAS. Date/Time: 09/18/2015 02:00am orECT10N4 Job #: 515580 1-866-774-1100 www.dunnwell.com PO#: Water Authority Involvement Technician: Cintas F93 - Seattle WA Location: Red Robin #200 - Southcenter —Phone: —(206) 575-8382 Fax: Address: 17300 Southcenter —City/State/ZIP: Tukwila W Inspection CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED I Mail Call 1-877-349-2906 (toll free) from any phone Enter job number: 515580 then press # Enter technician ID number: 2649 then press # City of TUkwila ***FOR ONSITE APPROVALS*** DAYTIME (8AM-5PM Eastern): 866-774-1100 BUILDING DIVISION AFTERHOURS (5PM-8AM Eastern): 919-539-1419 I Please identify yourself as a DunnWell representative when arriving onsite. Perform the following services and inspections: • Inspect Lawn Irrigation Backflow Test • Inspect Fire Backfiow Test • Inspect Domestic Backflow Test Special information: ABSOLUTELY NO Rubber Blow Off Caps are to be used at Red Robin locations. If a blow off cap needs to be replaced either at the time of inspection, on a service call or during a repair job, they must ALWAYS be metal blow off caps. If there are any questions regarding this requirement, please call 866-774-1100 and ask to speak with a Customer Support Representative. ALL inspections MUST be scheduled with the Restaurant GM. He is the only Manager that can grant access to the building for fire protection services. NTE's: RECEIVED Suppression: $325 Sprinkler: $325 OCT. 13 2015 Extinguishers: $150 RECEIVED Backflow: $325 TUKWILA CITY OF TUKWILA puwc WORKS OCT 0 9 2015 Customer purchase order: Water Authoritv Involvement I YOU MUST IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY DUNNWELL OF ANY RED TAGGED SYSTEMSI I FOR SUPPRESSION JOBS ONLY: Please complete a Range Hood Systems Report (RHSR) for every suppression system at this location. FOR ALL JOBS: You may service the systems you are inspecting up to the Not To Exceed (NTE) limits shown above. Complete the Job Actions/Parts list to reflect all services performed and parts used during this inspection. Use your extinguisher, emergency/exit light, and sprinkler/backflow inspection formswhere required by local law. Leave one copy of each form on site and fax the other copy back to Cintas. DO NOT leave this instruction sheet on site. CORRECTION LTR#__�_ 515580 1, r 0 N�' Fire Protection Deficiency Reporting Policies Please be aware that all job types (whether Inspection, Service Call or Repair) require full IVR compliance to qualify for payment. Deficiency reporting, notifications and proposals are some of the most important aspects of our fire protection program. With that, we ask that you give this area of service the utmost attention. In regard to inspections or service calls that result in a reported deficiency by your technician: 0 Photo validation of said deficiency is mandatory. Therefore, make every effort to photo validate while on site! Photo Validation Standards: o Note: EVERY sprinkler head reported as deficient MUST be photo documented to qualify for proposal approval yam ftwk0imm Sprinkler Gau!Mate Upclose picture of gauge with date shown. Sprinkler Leaking Pipe / valves/ connections (Wet System) Picture of any leak/water on the ground Sprinkler FDC Caps nrissing Picture of FDC without caps Sprinkler Sprinkler coverage needed (additional heads) Picture of area without coverage Sprinkler Recalled/expired heads Updose picture of heads with markings/dates Sprinkler Missing spare head box. heads, or wrenches Picture of box (if present) open to show missing items. Sprinkler Raise/lower heads to correct height Example of head not at correct height. Sprinkle, Corroded sprinkler heads & pipe Picture of ALL corroded head/pipe. Sprinkler MiLcing uscutchoon plates Pirtur. �t ALI p—kl�, h-1, —th --ng pl.t— Sprinkler Missing Signs Pics of areas that should h ve signage Sprinkler FDC needs flush Picture of debris in FDC Sprinkler Tampers not secured Picture of unsecured tampers Sprinkler Sprinkler head obstruction Picture of obstruction & head Sp,irkler Painted sprinkler heads / plates Picture of ALL painted items �prnkh�r Impectors test valve not piped / cannot full flow test Picture of Inspectors test valve /drains if applicable lulcm ftflikm SL Pirh!�n Panel Al— Trn,,hi-h—ti.g Al— P�n,ll / fi-ill, Alarm Replace broken devices Picture of existing device(s) Alarm Remount devices Picture of hanging/improperly mounted devices Alarm Picture of date stamp on device Alarm Water damaged / corroded devices Picture of devices Alarm Batteries out date Picture of date stamp on device A1.2�, Switches/devices not wired in Picture of devices A "' i Area without proper device present (i.e. pull stations) Picture of area Missing rods in pull stations Picture of pull station Broken covers for devices Picture of broken cover iYA—M Defli;igngy RggpirgI PiSjures Kitchen Systems Hydrosta! c jesting Due Picture of date stamp on cylinder Kitchen Systems Additional cover.pe7iLm p roper coverage needed Picture of area without coverage Kitchen Systems Replace detection line due to grease build-up Picture of detection line Kitchen 5yst..s Replace nozzles due to build-up Pic t u re of clogged nozz les Ulbm 2ill Hawimah4wu Emergency Lighting F Damaged units Pic ture o f da ma ged u n it s iu= I Deficien N91SI for PictuLu Extin uisher Areas without extinguishers (i.e. kitchens w/o K class) Picture of area Extingguisher Damaged/corroded units Picture of device 0 Again, IVR is mandatory in order for the deficiency to be properly logged Upon reporting a deficiency, you will receive a proposal request from our system o If the requested date on the proposal request is NOT met, the original inspection you performed is subject to reschedule & redo, cancellation and/or reassignment 515580 Tech Clock-In/Out IVR: 1-877-349-2906 Job M 515580 Tech ID M 2649 cl Job Actions/Parts List NTAs Date/Time: 09/18/2015 02;00am )v V-I--Fc E P ROT ECT:!—o Job #: 515580 1-866-774-1100 www.dunnwell.com PO #: Water Authority Involvement Technician: Cintas F93 - Seattle WA Location: Red Robin #200 - Southcenter Phone: —(206) 575-8382 Fax: Address: 17300 Southcenter City/State/ZIP: Tukwila WA 98188 SPRINKLER INSPECTION/SERVICE QTY PART# QTY Sprinkler system inspection Fire backflow Antifreeze loop Domestic backfiow Dry sprinkler inspection Labor Rate (Sprinkler) Lift Charges (Sprinkler) Inspection La4qr HAD Pneumdtic Inspection/C I C- 1 Tk-,n—g---, HAD Pneumatic/ClC-1 Viking Comments: Technician Signa , !u r.e..h Date: 04-16-15" My signature and ceflificatiot "" " dicatthat �Iave s If in te th' lion and supplied the pails indic Customer Signature: Date: Neefin-0—, and am satisfied with the work and the final condition of my facility. My signature indicates that I have revieweAmeapprVed all trkq done �Iy Ile, n,,;,.n, A oun"Well authorized technician has completed your life safely inspections per local code, NFPA guidelines and manufacturers requirements. Safe operation of your equipment is the responsibility of the facility owner or their agent. You am responsible for ensuring that any corrections and repairs to your life safety systems are completed. DunnWell will provide a formal quotation to complete the required repairlo, bring the lifis safely systems back into compliance. DuhnWall does not assume any liability for the condition of your life safely systems and is acting as an advisor on the working condilion, performance potential and code compliance .1 your life safely systems. NFPA17A Chapter 7 paragraph 73.3.4 slates the followingi Where the maintenance of the system(s) reveals defective parts that could cause (he impairment or failure of [he proper operation of The systeml(s), the affected pads idiall be replaced of repaired in accordance with the manufacture- recommendations. Until such repairs are accomplished the systems shall be tagged as norcompliant and [he owner orowner.s representafivis msponsible for the system and the authority having juslific.11— shall be notified, Unless you specifically authorize DunnWell to perform the necessary repairs, any deficiencies, impairmen(sor required repairsdiscovered as a result at our inspections are not the responsibility 0, DunhWell. 515580 0 Dj-lo� 3 Vv-^ .. . .. ....... . ...... .. . . .... bD Ap CC)UA17t---A- 14qVIVA4 El City of Tukwila — Public Works Maintenance Department 600 Minkler Blvd, Tukwila, WA 98188 Backflow Assembly Test Report Form 1908 NANIE -'Re.d- RoW.n. "Re.staur-qqt" ACCOUNT4 SERVICE ADDRESS 17300 Southcenter Parkwa- INIETER N 40010136 ... ... .. ....... . . CITY Tukwila . ...... STATE WA ZIP CODE 98188-3316 ASSEMBLY LOCATION Underneath counter, Atrium south -- ---------- - . . ........ ... . ... ............. CROSS-CONNEcTiON CONTROL FOR? CO2 Beverwje S .,stem ........ .. ... . .. ... ..... ... .. ....... - . .. ...... SIZE 0,50" MAKE Watts MODEL 009() TYPE RPBA SN 163728 LINE PRESSURE AT TIME OF TEST? PSI NEW? EXISTING? [-I REPLACENIENT?n INITIAL TEST RESULTS TESTS AFTER REPAIR OR CLEANING PSI DROP ACROSS #1 CHECK VALVE PSID PSI DROP ACROSS HI CHECK VALVE PSID IMULP VALVE OPENED PSID RELIEF VALVE OPENED PSI D 41 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? n NI CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? E] #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? RPBA. #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? F� #2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? t12 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? n #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? APPROVED AIR GAP PROVIDED? 0 APPROVED AIR GAP PROVIDED? El RP13A PASSEDTEST? Yes No RPBA PASSED TEST? Yes FJ No El 01 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #1 CH ECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? El HI CHECK VALVE LEAKED? DCVA N2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID 92 CH ECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? F� DCVA PASSED TEST? Yes No DCVA PASSED TEST? Yes No AIR INLET OPENED AT PSID AIR INLET OPENED AT PSID AIR INLET FAI LED TO OPEN? AIR INLET FAILED TO OPEN? PVBA CHECK VALVE HELD TIGHT AT PSID CHECK VALVE HELD TIGHT AT PSID CHECK VALVE LEAKED? n CHECK VALVE LEAKED? PVBA PASSED TEST? Yes No PVBAPASSEDTEST? Yes No APPROVED ASSEMBLY? PROPER INSTALLATION? F-1 INSPECTED BY CCS? RENIARKS Vt4"W 10 tor�#M **(f)PE40W!S '1P Ig UA64b%Oeo COMPANY Cl"IVNS F4;X4E �-�TEST PFIONE(-J;* TEST KIT NIAKE MODEL SN CALIBRATION DATE I cerlify that I used WAC 246-290-490 approved Test Methods and Diffei-ential Pressui-e Test Equipment TESTER'S NANIE (PRJ�JEQ,) V—X- CERTIFICATION It S1,5NATUJZE DATE TESTED REPAIRED BY REPAIR DATE RETESTED BY CERT # DATE TESTED 4 ILA, City of Tukwila — Public Works Maintenance Department _j 600 Minkler Blvd, Tukwila, WA 98188 Backflow Assembly Test Report Form 1908 NANIE Parkwa: Swercenter ACCOUNT9 08-0.177 SERVICEADDRESS .17..3.0.0..So.uth.celn.t.erParkwai.�...-.. iN-IETER H CITY Tukwila STATE WA ZIP CODE 98006 ASSEMBLY LOCATION Q meter NW corner of Red Robin . .. . ...... . CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL FOR? I tion S%� tem jrriga . ys, .... ...... . . ..... .. . ... .. .. . SIZE 2...00".-.. NIAKE Flebco..... MODEL 81510.. .. 111.1 TYPE DCV.-A... - SN LINE PRESSURE AT TIME OF TEST? PSI NEW? F� EXISTING? YREPLACEN-IENT? INITIAL TEST RESULTS TESTS AFTER REPAIR OR CLEANING PSI DROP ACROSS HI CHECK VALVE PSID PSI DROP ACROSS #1 CHECK VALVE PSI 1) RELIEF VALVE OPENED PSID RELIEF VALVE OPENED PSID NJ CHECK VALVE CLOSEDTIGHT? N I CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? 11 N1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? L1 RPBA N2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? N2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? N2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? APPROVED AIR GAP PROVIDED? APPROVED AIR GAP PROVIDED? RPBA PASSED TEST? Yes No El RPBA PASSED TEST? Yes No #1 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID fil CH ECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? El NJ CHECK VALVE LEAKED? F DCVA #2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID H2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID I #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? DCVA PASSED TEST? yes No DCVA PASSEDTEST? Yes No AIR INLET OPENED AT PSID AIR INLET OPENED AT PSID AIR INLET FAILED TO OPEN? AIR INLET FAILED TO OPEN? F PVBA CHECK VALVE HELD TIGHT AT PSID CHECK VALVE HELD TIGHT AT PSID CHECK VALVE LEAKED? F� CHECK VALVE LEAKED? PVBA PASSED TEST? Ves 11 No F-1 PVBA PASSED TEST? Yes N. APPROVED ASSEMBLY? 20" PROPER INSTALLATION? INSPECTED BYCCS? REMARKS TEST COMPANY Tj PHONE TEST KIT MAKE AID We5j-_---- MODEL OW SN 0(0/ZZ;jS1,pCALIBR'%TION DATE I cerlifi, that I used IVAC 246-290-490 approved Test Methods and Differential Pressure Test Equipment TESTER'S NAj-VIE (PRINTED) 42 CERTIFICATION # S1GjNATUjZ'E DATE TESTED Miff. 15' REPAIRED BY REPAIR DATE RETESTED BY CERT It DATE TESTED )Olt ILA, City of Tukwila — Public Works Maintenance Department 600 Minkler Blvd, Tukwila, WA 98188 —4 Backflow Assembly Test Report Form 1908 .. ..... . .. .......... . ...... . ... ......... ....... .... NA iN I E Parkwa,, Sunercenter ACCOUNT# 08-(-�� 178 1—— 1-1 - � I .... .. .... . ............. .. . ....... I- - .... ..... .. ...... . ...... . . SERVICE ADDRESS 17300 Southcenter Parkwv METER # 28334025 ------ ---- . ........ ... CITY ...... STATE WA ZIP CODE 98006 ASSEMBLY LOCATION NW comer of 1)arkinv, I hot box b,., Red Robin ........ .. ........... ... - --------- - --------- CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL FOR? Premise Isolation ------------- - .......... ................ . .. .. SIZE 1.5011 MAKE Watts MODEL 00 MZQT ....... ..... . � TVPE . ..... 11.111-1-11 ....... .. .. ......... . RPBA SN A26790 . ..... ..... LINE PRESSURE AT TIME OF TEST? PSI NEW? EXISTING? VREPLACENIENT? INITIAL TEST RESULTS TESTS AFTER REPAIR OR CLEANING PSI DROP ACROSS #1 CHECK VALVE -0t PSID PSI DROP ACROSS 41 CHECK VALVE PSID RELIEF VALVE OPENED PSID RELIEF VALVE OPENED PSID #1 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? 41 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? 41 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? RPBA 1 #2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? 1 #2 CH ECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? 1$2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? N2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? APPROVED AIR CAP PROVIDED? APPROVED AIR CAP PROVIDED? RPBA PASSED TEST? Yes No RPBA PASSED TEST? Yes No #1 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #1 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #1 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? HI CHECK VALVE LEAKED? ,DCVA #2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #2 CHECK VALVE CLOSED TIGHT? PSID #2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? N2 CHECK VALVE LEAKED? F DCVA PASSED TEST? Yes F] DCVA PASSED TEST? Yes No No AIR INLET OPENED AT PSID AIR INLET OPENED AT PSID AIR INLET FAILED TO OPEN? AIR INLET FAILED TO OPEN? F1 F] � PVBA CHECK VALVE HELD TIGHT AT . CHECK VALVE HELD TIGHT AT PSID PSID CHECK VALVE LEAKED? CHECK VALVE LEAKED? i PVBA PASSED TEST? Yes No PVBA PASSED TEST? VCs No APPROVED ASSEMBLV? PROPER INSTALLATION? INSPECTED BY CCS? REMARKS TEST COMPANY CjNrAS JZ4�- __?00q-1Z-00Q4 PHONE �451$j b TEST KITJNIAKE APOWM_ NIODEL SN 4PNp40j4jp CALIBRATION DATE I certify that I i(sed WA C 246-290-490 approved Test Methods and Differential Pressure Test Equipm ent TESTER-S NAME (PRINTED) I 2"_14Aev CERTIFICATION # SICNATUP,E .. :7� DATE TESTED CPJ. jjr- IS REPAIRED BY REPAIR DATE RETESTED BY CERT ft DATE TESTED KLF 10/02/15 v FILM Structural Calculations Package Red Robin Tukwila, WA Prepared by: Britt, Peters, & Associates, Inc. 10/02/2015 V�7PE AT�W. 38172 AFC/STERti� 1� d sS1oNALti�G All Calculations are in Accordance with the 2012 International Building Code CORRECTION LTR#_I%-- 02Z6 ._ REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED: OCT 21 2015 CitY of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 0 9 2015 PERMIT CENTER Page 1 of 13 KLF 10/02/15,l SEISMIC LOAD Subject: Red Robin - Tukwila, WA pii�Z Project No.: 150396 BRITT, PETERS By: KLF Date: 6/16/2015 ASSOCI,AIES - � -- o� (864) 271-8869 FAX (864) 233-5140 101 Falls Park Drive, Suite 601, Greenville, SC 29601 USGS Data TL = 8 Ca = SDAR/l) = 0.324 (Eq. 12.8-2) S. = 1.456 C, = 0.02 Si = 0.543 x = 0.75 Site Class = D T. = COX = 0.027 sec F, = 1.00 T"m, = sec F = 1.50 T = 0.027 sec SMs = F.S. = 1.46 C.,... = So,/((R/I)T) = 6.677 SM, = F„S, = 0.81 Cs... = SDITL/((i /I)T2) = NA T<TL SDS = 2/3"SMs = 0.971 C.,, = 0.044SDsl>0.01 = 0.043 SD, = 2/3'SM, = 0.543 C..,1. = 0.5S1/(R/1) = NA S1 <0.6 Risk Category: II C. = 0.324 Importance Factor = 1 V..hmk C.W = 29 kips Seismic Design Category: Ts = 0.559 sec Table 11.6-1 SDC = D Table 11.6-2 SDC = D YES Is the 1-s period mapped spectral response acceleration parameter S, less than 0.75? NO Is the approximate fundamental period of the structure, T., less than 0.8T, in each of the two orthogonal directions? NO Is the fundamental period of the structure used to calculate story drift less than T, in each of the two orthogonal directions? NO Is Eq. 12.8-2 used to determine the seismic response coefficient, C.? YES JAre the diaphragms rigid? Or if the diaphragms are flexible, is the distance between vertical elements of the seismic force -resisting system not greater than 40 ft? Controling SDC =I D t Structural System STEEL SYSTEMS NOT SPECIF4CALLY DETAIL+ (6,OR SEISMIC R PISTANCE, EXCLUDING CANTILEVER Category: COLUMN SYSTEMS Specific Structural System: — 4L ` Response Modification Coefficient R =1 3 J STRUCTURAL SYSTEM LIMITATIONS INCLUDING r: s SJ'12UCTURAL HEIGHT, h, (ft.) System Over -Strength Factor = 3 Deflection Amplification Factor, Ca = 3 D Analysis Procedure: —lateral —force procedure NP CHOOSE DIFFERENT STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, SYSTEM NOT PERMITTED PER TABLE 12.2-1 k = 1 -00 A B C D=C'BAk E=D/SUM(D) F=E"V G=fl.+(G).., H=(J).'[(B),r(B)..,]+(H).,, Effective Vertical Distribution Factor, Seismic Cam. Height Weight w h * Lateral Lateral from base assigned to Seismic Seismic Story Lateral Seismic Story to level x level x - w , h ,* Story Force, Shear, V. Overturning Moment at Level, Level (x) hx (ft)_ wx (kips) µ',hxk ' F, (kips) (kips_) M, (kip-ft) Roof 2 90 135 1.000 29 29 0 0 0 0.000 0 29 44 0 0 0.000 0 29 44 0 0 0.000 0 29 44 0 0.000 0 29 44 0 0.000 4 0 29 44 0 0.000" 0 29 44 0 0.000 0 29 44 0 0.000 0 29 44 A,, 0.000 0 29 44 SUM 1.5 90 AS #.*"~ Tio80 00' 29 393 Page 2 of 13 6/16/2015 Design Maps Summary Report j= Design Maps Summary Report User -Specified Input Report Title Tukwila, WA Tue June 16, 2015 21:48:23 UTC Building Code Reference Document ASCE 7-10 Standard (which utilizes USGS hazard data available in 2008) Site Coordinates 47.455340N, 122.26256°W Site Soil Classification Site Class D - "Stiff Soil" Risk Category VII/III KLF 10/02/15 5 OmrV�FI ... Bu 0 © mapqutasi USGS-Provided Output i F�AMtERICA t� is 'up I© m MapQuest Ss = 1.456 g Sms = 1.456 g Sps = 0.971 g S, = 0.543 g SM1 = 0.814 g SW = 0.543 g For information on how the SS and S1 values above have been calculated from probabilistic (risk -targeted) and deterministic ground motions in the direction of maximum horizontal response, please return to the application and select the "2009 NEHRP" building code reference document. MCER Response Spectrum 1.65 1.50 1.35 1.20 1.05 0.90 N 0.75 0.60 0.45 0.30 0.15 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.90 2.00 Period, T (sec) Design Response Spectrum 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0 0.60 v 0.50 0.40 0.30 - F_ 0.20 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 Period, T (sec) For PGA,„ T,, CRS, and Ca, values, please view the detailed rem. Page 3 of 13 http://ehp2-earthquake.wr.usgs.gov/designmaps/us/summary.php?tem plate=m iNmal&latitude=47.4553442&longitude=-122.2625598&siteclass=3&riskcategory... 1/2 BRITT, PETERS & ASSOCIATES, INC. Subject: 1 C'� Rr'✓N (-\ K E 1 non /15 t 0=4§ Consulting Engineers (864) 271-8869 Fax (864) 233-5140 project No: V�1�6��' ! Sheet: 101 W. Camperdown Way, Ste. 601 • Greenville, SC 29601 www.brittoeters.com BY �hI S Date: 4- 1 Dew !GpD,,x Vor Lk (lA _ � 'coo Q(2) C) i b 90 I •� 5 V- 4 'a`V N � (tea, \,C '.'- IN Pompany: Britt Peters & Associates Red Robin Date: KLF 1 OMR/Ust 02 15 Address: 101 Camperdown Way Post 1 Country: United States LIGHT GAUGE State: California Post Span DIAGONAL BRACE Zip Code: 29601 Qbs) 12-2(ft) 22(ft) 22(ft) Dead Load Live Load Snow/Roof Live Load Post Configuration Wall Information: Gross Section Properties: (for Single Section) Ix major in4 0.71 Sx major in3 0.392 rx major in 1.445 I minor in4 0.127 S minor in3 0.117 ry minor in 0.611 Area in2 0.34 Xo in -1.297 J x 1000 in4 0.23 Cw in6 0.376 Ro in 2.036 Weight Ibs/ft 1.156 Design Code 2012 IBC w/AISI S100-07/ S2-10 Design Method ASD Wall Height ft 2.2 Section Count 1 Dead Loads Ibs 3030 Live Load Ibs 0.000 Snow/Roof Live Load Ibs 0.000 Lateral and Torsional Bracing ft Unbraced Kcp Distortional Buckling Rotational Stiffness (Ibf-in.11n.) 0.000 Design Options: ° Section Layout Single ° Fastener Spacing (in) N/A ° Standard Punchout Considered ° Strength Increase from Cold Work of Forming (AISI, Sec. A7.2) Considered ° CMx 1 ° Cb 1 ° Shear Coeff. Kv 5.34 ° X (in) 4 0.071 0.5 3.6 5 ` 0.045 362S162-43mil, 33 ksi Material Properties: F ksi 33 Fu ksi 45 E ksi 29500 G ksi 11300 Reactions: Joint R (kips) 1 3.03 2 0.000 Asi steelSmartw System 7.0 - version 7.ay.183 Page 113 Company: Britt Peters & Associates Red Robin Date: KLF 10MR/(kt 02 15 p Y� Address: 101 Camperdown Way Post 1 Country: United States State: California Post Span Zip Code: 29601 P Unfactored Reactions: Load Case Joint Rx (kips) R (kips) Rm ki s.in Dead Load 1 0 3.03 0 Dead Load 2 0 0 0 Live Load 1 0 0 0 Live Load 2 0 0 0 Snow/Roof Live Load 1 0 0 0 Snow/Roof Live Load 2 0 0 0 Load Combination Factors: # Dead Live Snow/Roof Live Load Used For 1 1 0 0 Strength 2 1 1 0 Strength 3 1 0 1 Strength a 1 1 0.75 0.75 Strength Capacity Check: Member Moment (kips.in) Shear (kips) Tension (kips) Compression (kips) Actual N/A N/A N/A 3.03 1 Allowable 7.344 0.676 6.122 4.042 Act./All. N/A N/A N/A X/L N/A N/A N/A 0.400 " Forces are calculated for punched -out section ASI SteelSmart® System 7.0 - Version 7.0.0.183 Page 213 Company: Britt Peters & Associates Red Robin Date: KLF 10WE& 02 15 Address: 101 Camperdown Way Post 1 Country: United States State: California Post Span Zip Code: 29601 Connection Data: 1 Clip Data Clip Position Base Connection @ Wall F 31 + . Clip Type None Support Reactions F1 (kips) 0.000 F2 (kips) 0.000 F3 (kips) 3.03 M1 (kips.in) 0.000 Base Material Material N/A Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) N/A Fastener Design Load Allowable Shear (kips) N/A Allowable Tension (kips) N/A Actual Shear (kips) N/A Actual Tension (kips) N/A Combined Forces (Act. /All.) N/A Tensile Strength Reduction Factor N/A Shear Strength Reduction Factor N/A 2 Clip Data Clip Position Head connection @ Wall \ \ A Clip Type None Support Reactions F1 (kips) 0.000 F2 (kips) 0.000 F3 (kips) 0.000 M1 (kips.in) 0.000 Base Material Material N/A Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) N/A Fastener Design Load Allowable Shear (kips) N/A Allowable Tension (kips) N/A Actual Shear (kips) N/A Actual Tension (kips) N/A Combined Forces (Act. /All.) N/A Tensile Strength Reduction Factor N/A Shear Strength Reduction Factor N/A Hsi sreeismarm sysrem r.v - version t.v.v.7us wage :ems DECK CAPTCMITY� 17M77;7Q www.hilti.us PROFIS DF Diaphragm 2.6.1 Company: Page: 1/6 Address: Project Number: Phone I Fax: Project Title: e-Mail: Contact: Date: 10/2/2015 Project Details Company: Contact: Address: Phone / Fax: / e-Mail: Project Number: Project Title: Contract Number: Structural Plan Sheet Number: Prepared by: Checked by: Date: 10/2/2015 Comments: Design Settings Design Method: ASD Relevant Loads: Seismic Safety Factors: Oselsmle,Mech.,steel = 2.50 Oselsmlc,mech.,concrete = 3.25 OUpINt,Mech. = 3.00 nPB,Buckling = 2.00 Qse19m1r,we1d,stee1 = 3.00 nselsmk:,wekt,Concrete = 3.25 OUplHt,weld = 3.00 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility PROFIS DF Diaphragm 2.5.1 1 © 2008-2014 Hi(ti Corp., FL-9494 Schaan I Hilti is a registered trademark of Hpt jj" S f"n www.hilti.us PROFIS DF Diaphragm 2.5.1 Company: Page: 2/6 Address: Project Number: Phone I Fax: Project Title: e-Mail: Contact: Date: 10/2/2015 Area Elevated Floor slab Length L: 200.00 ft Zone Orientation: X - Direction Width B: 100.00 ft Deck Type: Concrete -Filled Deck Compressive Strength: 3000 psi Type: Normal Weight Concrete Thickness of Fill: 2.500 in. (145 pco Support Construction: Bar Joists Sidelap Connector Spacing from: 3 in. Joist I Beam Spacing: 5.00 ft Sidelap Connector Spacing to: 36 in. Joist / Beam Thickness: 3.000 in. Sidelap Connector Spacing incr.: 3 in. Deck Panel: 1-1/2" B-Deck - Fy = 33 ksi - Wide Rib or WR f„ / fy 45 ksi / 33 ksi Panel Type: Nestable Panel Width: 30.000 in. Lateral Load ' IX L1 L2 L3 Uplift Load ' ' i Ix L1 L2 L3 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility PROFIS DF Diaphragm 2.5.1 1© 2008-2014 HiRi Corp., FL-9494 Schaan I Hilti is a registered trademark of Hptdagpg 8 f"n www.hilti.us PROMS DF Diaphragm 2.9.1 Company: Page: 3/6 Address: Project Number: Phone I Fax: Project Title: e-Mail: Contact: Date: 10/2/2015 Zone Elevated Floor slab -1 Length L: loft Required Input Loads Diaphragm Shear Q: 360 plf Proposed Diaphragm System Deck Thickness: 22 ga (0.0295 in.) Frame Fastener: Hilti X-ENP-19-1-15 Sidelap Connector: Hilti #10 Drill Screw Net Uplift T: Not Applicable Pattern: 30/4 Perimeter Spacing e: <= 16.444 in. Sidelap Connector Spacing: 12 in. Proposed System Diaphragm Shear and Stiffness/Flexibility Design Shear: 1883 pif Design Uplift: Shear Stiffness G': 2499.8 kip/in. Flexibility Factor F: Design Checks Design Shear Design Uplift Shear & Tension Interaction: Perimeter Spacing e = 1883 plf >= Q = 360 pif => OK => Not Checked No Interaction Check Needed! => OK = 16.444 in. <= e,,, = 30.000 in. => OK Design OK 0.4 micro-in./lb Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility PROFIS DF Diaphragm 2.5.1 1 © 2008-2014 Hilti Corp., FL-9494 Schaan I Hilt! is a registered trademark of pl orp 8 f"n .Company: Britt Peters & Associates Red Robin Date: KLF 10MR/(&t 02 15 Address: 101 Camperdown Way VERTICAL STUDS LIGHT GAUGE Country: United States State: California Post Span VERTICAL STUDS Zia Code: 29601 Dead Load Post Configuration Wall Information: Live Load Gross Section Properties: (for Single Section) Ix major in4 0.71 Sx major in3 0.392 rx major in 1.445 l minor in4 0.127 S minor in3 0.117 ry minor in 0.611 Area in2 0.34 Xo in -1.297 J x 1000 04 0.23 Cw in6 0.376 Ro in 2.036 Weight Ibs/fit 1.156 Design Code 2012 IBC w/AISI S 100-07/ S2-10 Design Method ASD Wall Height ft 1.5 Section Count 1 Dead Loads Ibs 400 Live Load Ibs 667 Snow/Roof Live Load Ibs 0.000 Lateral and Torsional Bracing ft Unbraced Kcp Distortional Buckling Rotational Stiffness (Ibf-in.rn.) 0.000 Design Options: ° Section Layout Single ° Fastener Spacing (in) N/A ° Standard Punchout Considered ° Strength Increase from Cold Work of Forming (AISI, Sec. A7.2) Considered ° CMx 1 ° Cb 1 ° Shear Coeff. Kv 5.34 ° X (in) 4 1.5(ft) Snow/Roof Live Load 1.625 0.071 0.5 3.6 25 ` 0.045 3625162-43mil, 33 ksi Material Properties: F ksi 33 Fu ksi 45 E ksi 29500 G ksi 11300 Reactions: Joint Ry kips) 1 1.067 2 0.000 HJ/ Jlewomarm oys(em /.0 - version r.u.u.7CJ rage 7/3 Company: Britt Peters & Associates Red Robin Date: KLF 101R/Mt.02 15 Address: 101 Camperdown Way VERTICAL STUDS Country: United States State: California an Post S ZiD Code: 29601 P Unfactored Reactions: Load Case Joint Rx (kips) R (kips) Rm ki s.in Dead Load 1 0 0.4 0 Dead Load 2 0 0 0 Live Load 1 0 0.667 0 Live Load 2 0 0 0 Snow/Roof Live Load 1 0 0 0 Snow/Roof Live Load 2 0 0 0 Load Combination Factors: # Dead Live Snow/Roof Live Load Used For 1 1 0 0 Strength 2 1 1 0 Strength 3 1 0 1 Strength 4 1 0.75 0.75 Strength Capacity Check: Member Moment (kips.in) Shear (kips) Tension (kips) Compression (kips) Actual N/A N/A N/A 1.067 1 Allowable 7.62 1.739 7.015 4.928 Act./All. N/A N/A N/A 0,217 X/L N/A N/A N/A 0.000 AS/ Stee/Smart® System 7.0 - Version 7.0.0.183 Page 213 ,Company: Britt Peters & Associates Red Robin Date: KLF 1 OMR/tit 02 15 Address: 101 Camperdown Way VERTICAL STUDS Country: United States State: California Post Span Zip Code: 29601 Connection Data: Clip Data Clip Position Base Connection @Wall 1 F _ + Clip Type None Support Reactions F1 (kips) 0.000 F2 (kips) 0.000 F3 (kips) 1.067 M1 (kips.in) 0.000 Base Material Material N/A Concrete Compressive Strength (psi) N/A Fastener Design Load Allowable Shear (kips) N/A Allowable Tension (kips) N/A Actual Shear (kips) N/A Actual Tension (kips) N/A Combined Forces (Act. /All.) N/A Tensile Strength Reduction Factor N/A Shear Strength Reduction Factor N/A Clip Data Clip Position Head connection @Wall / \ / M1 Clip Type None Support Reactions F1 (kips) 0.000 F2 (kips) 0.000 F3 (kips) 0.000 M1 (kips.in) 0.000 Base Material Mate HJ/ JrewJmarmJysrem r.u- version r.v.v.ma rage:i/3 2012 Washinaton State Enerav Code Comaliance Forms for R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and f Irnm 3 C Project Info Project Address Red Robin Dat 17300 southcenter Pkwy. For I wilding Department Use OCT 2 1 2015 Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: City Of Tukwila 81111 Applicant Address: Phone: Project Description 0 New Building 13Addition 0 Alteration Q Plans n u Lighting Compliance i Lighting Power Density Calculations Q Total Building Performance Path (If Total Building Performance then only LGT-CHK is required.) Interior Lighting O Building Area Method Space -by -space Method Compliance Option Interior Lighting System Description Briefly describe lighting FIL system type and features. Additions and Change of Space Use (C101.4.3 & C101.4.4) 0 Addition area or Change of Space Use area complies with all applicable provisions as stand alone project ® Addition area or Change of Space Use area is combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance with all applicable provisions Provide Building Area Method (LTG-INT-BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG-INT-SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting wattage of Addition or Change of Use scope. Provide applicable lighting controls per C405.2 and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Alterations, Renovations and Repairs (C101.4.3.1) Q 60% or more of luminaires in space replaced Provide Building Area Method (LTG-INT-BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG-INT-SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage of project scope Q Less than 60% of luminaires in space replaced Provide Space -by -space Method (LTG-INT-SPACE) Compliance Form. Document existing total wattage in space and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage of project scope Q Lamp and/or ballast replacement within existing luminaires only — existing total interior building wattage not increased Q New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit Provide applicable manual lighting controls (C405.2.1), occupancy sensors (C405.2.2.2), daylight zone controls (C405.2.2.3), specific application controls (C405.2.3), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13 Q New or moved lighting panel Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Q Space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or moved only Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wring and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Q No changes are being made to the interior lighting and space use not changed. REC EIU U CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2C 15 PERMIT CENTER 2012 Washington State Enerav Code Compliance Forms for R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Info Project Address Red Robin Date 6/22/2015 17300 Southcenter Pkwy. For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Space Type` Allowed Watts per f? Area in ff (watts/if x area) Dining Dining area: Bar/lounge/leisure dining 1.31 5846 7658 Atrium— Enter Height: Retail Display Allowance from LGT- INT -DISPLAY " Select Table C405.5.2(2) category from drop down menu. For atriums, indicate height.Al/ovied Kettage for first 40 feet is 0.03 Wilt. ht., above 40 feet is 0.02 W/ft. ht. Proposed Lighting Wattage Area Allowed Watts Total 5846 7658 Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Fixture Description (Include exempt equipment per Note 3) Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Wafts Proposed Dining (CL4), 4A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-28 1 480 480 Dining (CL9), 9A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-30 1 1080 1080 Dining (CLS), 5A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-32 1 600 600 Dining (CLS), SA Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-34 1 600 600 Dining (CL6), 6A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-36 1 720 720 Dining (CL6), 6A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-31 1 720 720 Dining (CL8), 8A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-33 1 960 960 Dining (CL9), 9A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-35 1 1080 1080 Dining (CL2), 2A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-2 1 240 240 Dining (CL2), 2A Current Limiter, Serves circuit P4-4 1 240 240 ,)r11,) VVachinnfnn Cfnfm Fnarnv r:nrla r'.mmnlianra Pnrmc fnr r`nmmarr-inl r,rni in R1 onrl �> 4 efnni R7 onrl RZ Retail Display Lighting frcom LGT-INT-DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 6720 Notes: 1. Forproposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. Forproposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum inputwettage of the fixture (not simplythe lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.5.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 2012 Washinaton State Enerav Code COM13hance Forms for Commercial. Group R1. and > 3 story R2 and R3 Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Address Red Robin Date 6/22/2015 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2012 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code Location Building Department (yes, no, n.a.) Section Component Information Required on Plans Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section C405.2 Yes C405.2.1 Manual lighting Lighting control schedule with type, locations served, 50% so . o controls lighting reduction method Yes Lighting systems automatic shut-off capability - indicate method C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch and location served on plans. Note locations where automatic so . o controls shutoff is provided by other method (occupancy sensor, daylight controls, etc) N. A. Schedule with locations served - no single override switch Override switching exceeds an area of 5,000 SF N. A. C405.2.2.2 Occupancy sensors Schedule of locations served N. A. C405.2.2.3 Daylight zones N. A. Vertical fenestration Primary and secondary daylight zone areas indicated on plans N. A. Skylights Skylight daylight zone areas indicated on plans N. A. 405.2.2.3. Daylight zone controls Lighting control schedule with dimming method and locations served - no single da li ht control zone exceeds 2,500 SF N. A. C405.2.3 Specific application Specific application lighting controls are independent of general controls area lighting and controls for other lighting applications N. A. Means of egress Lighting control schedule with method and locations served. lighting Note luminaires that function as both normal and egress. N. A. Display lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served N. A. Accent lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served N. A. Hotel/motel guest Lighting control schedule with type and locations served rooms N. A. Supplemental task lighting Lighting control schedule with type and locations served N. A. Non-exempt lighting Lighting control schedule with type, applications served and equipment locations N. A. Non-exempt lighting Lighting control schedule with type, applications served and equipment locations C405.2.4 Exterior lighting Lighting control schedule with g g type, features and location served controls INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER Section C405.5 Yes C405.5.1 Total connected Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture so . o li htin ower N. A. Space exceptions Space exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form N. A. Lighting equipment Equipment exceptions taken noted on plans or compliance form exceptions Yes C405.5.2 Lighting power calculations N. A. Building Area Method Compliance form completed — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage Yes Space -By -Space Compliance form completed — total proposed wattage does not Method exceed maximum allowed wattage Yes C405.4 Exit signs All internally illuminated exits sign are < 5 watts per side No . o EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER Section C405.6 N. A. C405.6.2 Total connected Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture li htin ower N.A. Exterior application Exterior application exceptions taken noted on plans or exceptions compliance form N.A. Lighting power Compliance form completed — proposed wattage for exterior calculations -fighting lus base site allowed does not exceed max. allowed 2012 Washinaton State Enerav Code Compliance Forms for Commercial. Group R1. and > 3 story R2 and R3 Lighting, Motor,and Transformer Permit 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial, Group R1, and > 3 story R2 and R3 Revised June 2013 Project Address Red Robin Date 6/22/2015 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2012 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability Code Location Building Department (yes, no, n.a.) Section Component Information Required on Plans Notes N.A• C405.6.1 Exterior building Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture; rounds lighting lumens per waft for fixtures > 100 watts ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS Sections C405.7 ,C405.9, C405.12, C409.2.1 N.A. Electrical energy C409.2.1 consumption —whole Meters provided for whole building electric energy usage building N • A • Electrical energy C405.7 consumption — Individual dwelling unit electricity meters provided dwelling units Yes C405.9 Transformers Indicate transformer size and efficiency on plans 90.0 N • A. Variable speed C405.12.1 escalators and moving Variable speed controls provided walks N.A. C405.12.2 Regenerative drives Variable frequency regenerative drives provided for escalators COMMISSIONING Sections C405.13, C408.3, C409.4.4 Yea C405.13 Commissioning Commissioning procedure developed for all applicable systems so . 0 Yes C408.3 Lighting controls Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed so . o N.A• C409.4.4 Electrical energy Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed consumption meters N.A. Escalators & moving Commissioning plan and functional test procedure developed walks If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 8/2/2016 D AARON WELLS 211 E BROAD ST GREENVILLE, SC 29601 RE: Permit No. D 15-0228 RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 9/17/2016. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 9/17/2016, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, W(.� Qft� Rachelle Ripley 1 Permit Technician ' File No: D15-0228 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone 206-431-3670 0 Fax 206-431-3665 BRITT, PETERS A N O ASSOCIATES consulting engineers October 2, 2015 D Aaron Wells 211 E Broad St Greenville, SC 29607 RE: Red Robin — Tukwila, WA BPA # 150396 To Whom It May Concern: We have reviewed the permit comments and revised our drawing to include a table specifying the type of Special Inspections required for this project. We have also included stamped and signed structural calculations packages. If there are any further questions or concerns regarding this matter, please contact our office. Sincerely, Britt, Peters & Associates, Inc. Kimberly L Faist CORRECTION LTR RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 0 9 2015 PERMIT CENTER 101 Falls Park Drive, Suite 601, Greenville, SC 29601 ph. 864.271.8869 www.brittpeters.com City of Tukwila Department of Community Development September 24, 2015 D AARON WELLS 211 E BROAD ST GREENVILLE, SC 29601 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D15-0228 RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS - 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Dear D AARON WELLS, Jim Haggerton, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size I Ix17 to maximum size of 2406; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) All Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets to be stamped (original signed wet stamp, not copied) by Washington State licensed architect, structural engineer or civil engineer. (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. On the structural plans provide quality control inspection notes or table specifying type of "Special Inspections" required for construction of the new bar floor system. Special inspections shall be conducted by a third party inspection agency. (IBC Section 1704) 2. Provide structural calculations. Calculations shall be wet stamped and wet signed on the front sheet only. PW DEPARTMENT: Joanna Spencer at 206-431-2440 if you have questions regarding these comments. • In accordance with Washington State Department of Health guidelines for Group A Public Water systems, Public Works has implemented a cross -connection control program to protect the public water system from contamination via cross -connection. 1) There is a 1/2" Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly (RPPA) in our database inside Red Robin Restaurant for their CO2 Beverage Machine that we have not received a test report for since 2008. Please have the restaurant owner test this backflow by a certified tester and submit passing backflow test report. 2) Red Robin is located in the Parkway Supercenter Mall and Kimco Realty, Parkway Supercenter management is responsible for the mandatory annual testing of premise isolation RPPA on the domestic water service to Red Robin. We have not received a test report in 2014. The test month is July, however as of today we have not yet received a test report for 2015 despite test notices being mailed to local Kimco office. If you need assistance to locate this backflow in the field, please contact Mr. Todd Reedy, Water Quality Specialist at 206 433-1860 or 206 571-6309 cell. On September 4, 2015 Public Works mailed a separate letter was mailed to KIIR Tukwila 050 LLC, property owner, addressing the above issues. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206)431-3655. Sincerely, Bill Rambo2 Permit Technician File No. D15-0228 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 * Fax 206-431-3665 Joanna Spencer From: Todd Reedy Sent: Thursday, September 03, 2015 9:56 AM To: Joanna Spencer Subject: RE: Red Robin @ 17300 SC Pkwy PG15-0102 Hi Joanna, Regarding Red Robin at 17300 SC Pkwy: -There is a %' RPPA in our database inside Red Robin for their CO2 Beverage Machine that we have not received a test report for since 2008. We send them a test due notice every February but get no response. -Red Robin is located in the Parkway Supercenter Mall and we have always sent the test notices to the Parkway Supercenter management(Kimco Realty). They have always been good about getting the testing done, however we did not receive a test report in 2014 for the premise isolation RPPA on the domestic service to Red Robin. The test month is July so they got another test notice in July 2015 and we have not yet received a test report for 2015. -The fireline DCDA is current. The irrigation DCVA is current. Please let me know if you need any additional info. Todd From: Joanna Spencer Sent: Wednesday, September 02, 2015 5:05 PM To: Todd Reedy <Todd.Reedy @TukwiIaWA.gov> Cc: Joanna Spencer <Joanna.Spencer@TukwilaWA.gov>; David McPherson<David.McPherson @TukwilaWA.gov>; Han Kirkland <Han.Kirkland@TukwilaWA.gov> Subject: Red Robin @ 17300 SC Pkwy PG15-0102 Good Afternoon Todd, Are Red Robin's backflows up to date? Joanna PERMANENT FILE COPY Di5-0228 1 his - 01 Oz PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D15-0228 DATE: 10/09/15 PROJECT NAME: RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS SITE ADDRESS: 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Fire Prevention ❑ Planning Division ❑ Public Works Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 10/13/15 Not Applicable ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: 117:y111 APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 11/10/15 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Corrections Required ❑ Denied ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/ I S@013 - PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D15-0228 DATE: 09/01/15 PROJECT NAME: RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS SITE ADDRESS: 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY X Original Plan Submittal Revision # before Permit Issued Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: AiDtvtston � Fire Prevention � Planning Division DO$- 4� a � Public Works Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 09/03/15 Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Structural Review Required ❑ DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 10/01/15 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: + '" Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: hhQ: //www. ci. tukwila. wa. us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: to 2 l 201 S Plan ChecWPermit Number: D 15-0228 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued C[ c woOF -- ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Oct 0 q IMS Project Name: Red Robin Gourmet Burgers pERMVT CEWO' Project Address: 17300 Southcenter PkvVy Contact Person: 7>. Amcy., k—lelk % Phone Number: '9CP4 - 232 2� Summary of Revision: V-eMV- -M� A-r-MCMEs> Lf----r-Mz. --c- V6.71.1e1,e. 4..�FE2 Ta A'[T'Ae1e�D 'ghe-�-Fto.�.l it's' 'RESJt—T"S -doe- 'P...�\' e. �+�•�C-s Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Wi* Tr Entered in TRAKiT on \applications\forms-applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: ALEGIS CONSTRUCTION INC Page 1 of 2 40Washington State Department of 1 Labor & Industries ALEGIS CONSTRUCTION INC Home 1nic3o en Espanol Contact Search L&I I A-7. Index Help N,11V Secure L&I Safety Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing Owner or tradesperson 6900 SW Atlanta St. Bldg 2, suite 110 Principals PORTLAND, OR97223 JONES, BARRIE GLYN, PRESIDENT 503-970-8312 PRICE, MICHAEL RAY, VICE PRESIDENT PRICE, MARK ALLAN, SECRETARY EVERTON, ROBERT K, TREASURER Doing business as ALEGIS CONSTRUCTION INC WA UBI No. Business type 603 073 077 Corporation Governing persons BARRIE GLYN JONES DANIEL ANTHONY FINNEGAN; JASON WYNECOOP; MICHAEL RAY PRICE; License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. CContrac ....onstruction.............................................................tor Active....... Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. ALEGIC1894CN Effective — expiration 02/10/2011— 02/19/2017 Bond ......._..._. Travelers Cas and Surety Co of America $12,000.00 Bond account no. 106017187 Received by L&I Effective date 02/12/2014 01/12/2014 Expiration date Until Canceled Bond history Insurance .................. . Valley Forge Ins Co $1,000,000.00 Policy no. 5086230808 Received by L&I Effective date 06/30/2015 06/28/2015 https://secure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=603073077&LIC=ALEGICI894CN&SAW= 10/27/2015 EXIT EQUIPPED WITH PANIC HARDWARE 128 32" 160 128 32" 16� EXIT EQUIPPED WITH PANIC HARDWARE EXIT EQUIPPED WITH PANIC HARDWARE ACCESSIBLE RAMP WHEELCHAIR LIFT 2 —' O Uj g NO O Uj N LIJ U O O I— � O ry n m cn 0l� w CD W m LLB r � L o) 00 U Z U Co Fn Q r.v O W u7 0 N z Q � J �- Wq U P LL - W LL W -:3 CL N Revisions 0 A A 0 0 FREV11FEEVVED FOF RR E CQMPLIANCEA NOT IN SCOPE OF WOAPPROVED OCT 21 2015 t�;AJRCHITECT, e�, REGISTERED 44" CLEAR AISLE City of Tukwila Be MIN R. URUE- BUILDING DIVISION r_ OF WASHINGI 36" CLEAR AISLE IRECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA IN OJUN 2 3 2015 ��++ TEFR1 OCCUPANTS ALLOWED PER E3� 1 rj,2 tr ACTUAL EXIT WIDTH ACTUAL OCCUPANT LOAD PER EXIT EXIT SIGN (ILLUMINATED) LEGEND SCALE: NONE Drawn By Checked By JLB JMT Scale Date AS NOTED Job No. 1225 LIFE SAFETY PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1 •-0"m® Sheet No. ---- -^' 1.1-----a - a 1 r-----� n(- it {t-- 111 IIf 1-1 p I It 11 II L �0 1 U�� I A I 11==fib=' I I p Ft a-- --- ..1 al tt� 1`' -----, U a I I----- -----' ----- 1.02 I 1.31 'J .20 1 U._ .' FAMILY DINING 105B �-f 1.31 a-1 I I .JO-------- r--- ram I I .............. A i H 1 II jj L a -I 1I- I a1It If -III 1 I II �_%D ----- a l 1.02 1 p Fr-- .....u.---- i I I li ij............. a I 1 J I I 1I a l I -----r 111 a l II p �iI A I I-- J ..� I a- TI I II �i pelt `'1------ I---- tl a 1 I I -------- 3.............. a I 1----- ^ 1 1.31 - 1.18 I .............. &-1 �t1 I I I Iry I - - a 11al L-------_r --ram II p_I ty- ---- 7_7 u...--..I{ wtj Iu,- i i I ui i=-- 1! -� a l `I----- h Irr I 111 1 1 a 1 i 11 1.02 p i i �.. ..I u� �i----- t ui i i ............... ----- p l 11 �n I1 1 11 11 at �� 't J- t II 9 1 I I II 4 J0 I tl------0....- I I HI ��HI J-4 11- --1� 6 I I F --� - 1 111 n� II II 1 1 1 11 ' -- I U11- _ 1.20 J'------I'--'1 Ii--------'---- 11 1..... ...... �__� � 1.18 II I In \--- it ...... . 1.20 1 ,1,- 1.02 1 I 11 I pl p j 1 j -ft �L 2.04 3.01 a-1 r a a, a I 11 I LJu 1.02 a 7 ;_1.05 I II I l4 ====i 1 105 1.06 'a E DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 114" = V-0" LOBBY 1.03 EXPO 109 3- L- I - a �L................................... 11 11 �I -It 11 II Itl 14 11I -" �11 ( iii1�.................................. - �'L J I L_ I, N TYP. NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK o 0 WOMEN C:= F108 LJ r J 1.23` HALL 106 In r j, -.-.. - I N I I, I I� 1 11 L------------------- 'I I I 1-04--------- 11 sill 1.30 J110 L1,41 I I 1.30� 1.18 ut,_ rr r \ ................... 1.12 nl 1.15 `y �r 1.18 1.03 1.06 U� r- c=o 3.01 LL--- TYP.F _ ' L 03 1.23 1.04 1.01 1.04 1.01 l 2.04 . 11.26 I 1.07 1.10 1.25 1.26 MEN 107 O O I I I II I , 1 11 1 I I I I' Iy I 1.17 1 11 I I 1 , BAR/LOUNGE 103 1n �r- Lam__= Pit r 1.30 I ��✓��__' , rU' � 1 6T I �T I III iil 1.03 1.12 IM l'1 i r, 1;1 1 1.03 1.12 - - - --- II 1.06 U�II \r II U 1.06 1.03 r---� ---=-=_�--�__�--�_- ---- 11 --- ®--� -Q-O----.ice•--'�-�--® �I li 1� �I fi 1F �1 fi I I Ili ii ill Ili it i1i ill i 1.27 I II 1 I II 1 1 II > ill II III 1 , III II III 1 III II III 1 rlla 1 I rila I 1 rita I III III III !li III III _..11 1L _J1 'L _..I' IL_ 04 1.01 E1.0EP 1.01 1.04 1.01 1.04 GATHERING DINING 104 1.05 6�! I�JU T' 1.02 ---- �� 1.02 n(, ;L -In _ , f I 1 UI� a I I1 11 I --1 -- I II I. JU L� \\ U1, F ------ 1.16 1.02 - _ - _ I 1.03 ��I .03 ------- 4IIL II --II - -J woU -- J 3-' 3.01 4'-82' VIF R-EMOVALE-TEN--- - =r 1 rv1I^ r..-=.n.. 1.04 L 1.01 c_= 1.04 ..... ... .... .� L 1.01 -=_..-.. -�_..--- 1.04 .3 PLAN NORTH EXISTING SEATING COUNT SEATING AREA QTY. BAR 79 GATHERING 36 FAMILY DINING 178 TOTAL 293 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN ________ EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK 2 DEMOLITION LEGEND SCALE: NONE GENERAL DEMOLITION DEFINITIONS 111WEIINUMI: �:6V�iA[7lJF� REMOVE: REMOVE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF ITEMS EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED TO BE REINSTALLED, SALVAGED, OR TO REMAIN THE OWNER'S PROPERTY. REMOVE AND REINSTALL: REMOVE ITEMS INDICATED; CLEAN, SERVICE, AND OTHERWISE PREPARE THEM FOR REUSE; STORE AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE. REINSTALL ITEMS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED. EXISTING TO REMAIN: PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING DEMOLITION. WHEN PERMITTED BY THE ARCHITECT, ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, PROTECTED STORAGE LOCATION DURING DEMOLITION AND THEN CLEANED AND REINSTALLED IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 1. DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE & REVIEW ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS & DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK & BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THEM THOROUGHLY BEFORE PERFORMING ANY DEMOLITION WORK. BY THE ACT OF SUBMITTING A BID, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE COMPLIED WITH THE FOREGOING. TO HAVE ACCEPTED SUCH CONDITIONS AND TO HAVE MADE ALLOWANCES THEREFORE IN PREPARING HIS BID. 2. THESE DRAWINGS WERE PREPARED BASED ON INFORMATION ATTAINED FROM A SITE OBSERVATION - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO DEMOLITION & NOTIFY THIS OFFICE IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING. DEMOLITION IS TO BE EXECUTED SO AS NOT TO DISTURB EXISTING STRUCTURAL & ROOFING SYSTEMS. 3. CLEAN ALL EXCESS CONCRETE SPOTS, SOLID DEBRIS AND PAINT SPOTS FROM FLOOR. REMOVE ALL WAX, DIRT, GREASE, PAINTS AND ADHESIVES AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH INSTALLATION. 4. SWEEP AND VACUUM THE FLOOR AFTER REMOVAL. DO NOT USE AN OIL BASED SWEEPING COMPOUND. ALL AREAS ARE TO BE CLEAN. .I 0 5. G.C. TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING WALL ARTWORK AND 3D DECOR. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING WALL TO Lj RECEIVE NEW PAINT FINISH. 0 6. RELOCATE EXISTING SPEAKERS, FIRE STROBES, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, AND EXIT LIGHTS AS NECESSARY O FOR NEW WORK. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7. TV'S THAT MEET CURRENT SPEC ARE TO REMAIN. COORDINATE WITH AN VENDOR & PROJECT MANAGER. LJ_J . W r n U -H- GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES 3 V) O SCALE: NONE n 1.XX ( PROJECT SCOPE): 1.01 EXISTING TABLE TOP TO BE REMOVED AND EXISTING BASE TO REMAIN FOR RE -USE. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CHAIRS. 1.02 EXISTING TABLE TOP & BASE TO BE REMOVED. ALL EXISTING CHAIRS TO BE REMOVED. 1.03 REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL AS SHOWN; REFER TO A2.0 FOR FINAL CONFIGURATION. 1.04 EXISTING BOOTH SET TO REMAIN. BOOTH FABRIC IS TO BE REMOVED AND RE -UPHOLSTERED ONLY ON SPECIFIC BOOTH BACKS AND SEATS AS NOTED ON SHEET A2.3 - FABRIC PLAN. 1.05 EXISTING BANQUETTE FABRIC TO BE REMOVED AND RE -UPHOLSTERED. SEE A2.3 FOR SPEC. [-1- DEMOLISH EXISTING RISER. PATCH & REPAIR ADJACENT WALL FINISH AS REQUIRED. REFER TO A2.0. REFER TO A2.4 FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHIBASE SPECIFICATION. 1 07 EXISTING HOST STAND TO BE REMOVED. REPAIR EXISTING WALL & FLOOR AS NECESSARY. EXISTING ELECTRICAL, PHONE AND DATA TO BE RELOCATED. EXISTING MICROPHONE TO BE REMOVED. DISCONNECT HELIUM AND RELOCATE STUB OUT FOR COMPRESSED AIR. SEE SHEET A2.0 FOR NEW LOCATION. 1.08 EXISTING ARCADE VIDEO GAMES TO BE REMOVED BY OWNERS VENDOR. CAP OFF ANY ELECTRICAL OUTLET IF EXISTING AND INSTALL A BLANK PLATE TO COVER ELECTRICAL BOX. 1.09 EXISTING WAIT BENCH TO BE REMOVED. REPAIR WALL AND FLOORING AS REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON A2.0 AND A2.4. 1.10 REMOVE EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BENEATH BENCH THIS AREA. 1.11 EXISTING IN -FLOOR TV TO BE REMOVED AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS. ALL ELECTRICAL TO BE CAPPED OFF. REFER TO A2.4 FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. 1.12 DEMOLISH COUNTER TOP; REPAIR EXISTING WALL FINISH AS REQUIRED. 1 13 EXISTING ENCLOSURE AROUND STRUCTURAL COLUMN / CHASE TO BE REMOVED. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURE AND/OR SERVICES WITHIN. REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5.0. 1.14 EXISTING BAR STOOLS TO BE REMOVED. 1.15 EXISTING LIBERTY STATUE AND MILLWORK BASE TO REMAIN. 1 16 REMOVE EXISTING CAROUSEL HORSE. PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING TRIM CAP AS REQUIRED. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. 1.17 EXISTING POS STATION TO BE RELOCATED. EQUIPMENT TO BE RELOCATED BY A CERTIFIED NETWORK TECHNICIAN. SEE A2.0 FOR NEW LOCATION. 1.18 0 REMOVE HALF WALL BRASSIGLASS DIVIDERS WHERE SHOWN. REPAIR EXISTING TOP CAP & FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. . 1.19 ALL MENU BOXES AND COASTERS TO BE REMOVED. PATCH & REPAIR DAMAGED WAINSCOT. 1 20 DEMOLISH PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL; PROTECT SERVICES UNCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONCEAL IN NEW CONSTRUCTION. 1 21 EXISTING WAINSCOTING TO BE REMOVED. PATCH REPAIR AND SKIM COAT WALL. PREP TO RECEIVE NEW LOBBY WALL ART. EXISTING BASE TO REMAIN, 1.22 REMOVE BOOTHS WHERE NOTED IN BAR. DEMOLISH CURB BELOW. REFER TO DEFERRED MAINTENANCE (2.XX SERIES) NOTES BELOW FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 1.23 REMOVE ALL EXISTING CHAIRS & STOOLS. 1.24 EXISTING HELIUM TANKS TO BE REMOVED BY VENDOR. 1.25 REMOVE EXISTING FULL HEIGHT PARTITION AS SHOWN. PATCH & REPAIR ADJACENT PARTITION(S) & CEILING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO A2.0 & A2.1 FOR FINAL CONFIGURATION. 1.26 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR GLAZING & TRIM. 1 27 ACRYLIC DIVIDER AT THIS SECTION TO BE REMOVED & RE -INSTALLED SUBSEQUENT TO WALL RECONFIGURATION AS SHOWN ON A2.0. 1.28 REMOVE 'RED'FOR RE -INSTALLATION AFTER TOP CAP REFINISH. 1.29 REPLACE ALL EXISTING BRASS DOOR HARDWARE WITH NEW FINISH PER SHEET A2.0 1.30 EXISTING BOOTH/TABLE SET TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED SUBSEQUENT TO FLOOR DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO A2.0 & A2.4. 1.31 EXISTING BANQUETTE TO BE REMOVED. 2,X7X ( DEFERRED MAINTENANCE): 2.01 REMOVE & REPLACE GLASS PANELS IN EXISTING STOREFRONT FRAMES. REFER TO A2.0. 2 2 REMOVE STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM FROM BETWEEN STRUCTURE AND PREPARE EXISTING STRUCTURE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM. REFER TO A2.0. 2.03 REMOVE & REPLACE STOREFRONT DOOR IN EXISTING FRAME. REFER TO A2.0. 2.04 REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH ROUGHOUT. PREPARE FORINSTALLATION OF NEW TILE / CARPET. DETERMINE EXTENT Y F IN 0 LO _ Sr LAP 1 2.05 REMOVE &REPLACE RAISED B 0 R CT . . REF 7 0 & CTU 3,XX (ADA SCOPE ): ! 3.01 REMOVE & REPLACE EXISTING BRASS HANDRAILS THROUGHOUT THE RESTAURANT. REFER TO A2.0 FOR NEW SPEC. 3.02 REMOVE ALL EXISTING BAR MILLWORK, EQUIPMENT, DIE WALL, CONCRETE CURB, & EQUIPMENT. CAP & PROTECT ALL PLUMBING & ELECTRICAL, INCLUDING BEER LINES, DURING CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO K1.0 & P1.0 FOR EXTENT OF RE -USE. m I ry LO (UJ IT- Cq ZD m z z II� J 1 O a a. W Q) 0 CIDz z U00 O U) m Q 0 Z) O O o '3 W m �c 11.1 U-1 � - 0 IL DLO 0 m N 00 00 U N •� M N G LL LL � o P C: M � N CU m` „ m •� ~ W [1) - N Revisions -I, KE IEWED FOR COMP'LIANCE PP 'OVPD 4CT 21 2015 0 11D tyof Tukwila ING DIVISION 103i REGISTE ._-.. ARCHIT T I< B JAMIN R. R ETA ATE OF WAS GTOI JUN 2 3 2015 Drawn By Checked By 3.03 REMOVE STAIRS, PORTION OF RISER AND PORTION OF FLOOR TO EXTENTS SHOWN. JLB BRU PREPARE SURROUNDING SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW PLATFORM LIFT. REFER TO A2.0. RECEIVED ScaleAS NOTED Date CITY OF TUKWILA Job No. SEP 0 12015 14225 Sheet No. 4 DEMOLITION KEY CENTERff SCALE: NONE 9 m AN In VA" WALL -MOUNTED CHALKBOARD DECOR EXISTING CHAIR RAIL & WAINSCOT TO REMAIN EXISTING BASE TO REMAIN -A. LOBBY WALL DECOR ELEVATIONS SCALE: 114" = 1'-0" - ----------------------------------- ` -- -- EXISTING TRIM TO REMAIN BLADE SIGN �' 4 iJ f LL y 'r HERITAGE PLAQUE M f � � (h Nz.2:3'i•' -.w.a.u-��rz.-....ti.....-,-^..�,..�x.-..-�-v-..-tea.-.....w.�. - -6- FULL HEIGHT WALL ART MURAL REMOVE EXISTING CHAIR RAIL & WAINSCOT m `— EXISTING BASE TO REMAIN 3 NOT USED SCALE: NTS 1.XX ( PROJECT SCOPE): 1.01 SEE VENDOR ART LAYOUT FOR ART PLACEMENT ON ART DIVIDERS. 1.02 SEE VENDOR ART LAYOUT FOR ART PLACEMENT ON GALLERY SOFFIT. 1.03 (NOT USED) 1.04 (NOT USED) 1.05 (NOT USED) 1.06 NEW RECOMMENDED TV LOCATION BY VENDOR (N.I.C.) PLAYNETWORK I OTHERS TO VERIFY. 1.07 (NOT USED) 1.08 HERITAGE PLAQUE AND BLADE SIGN LOCATION. JUt't'LtMtNIAL UUUUMtNIS: G.C. TO INSTALL ALL SIGNAGE AND DECOR. REFER TO SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTS FOR DESIGN INTENT, INSTALLATION GUIDELINES, BEST PRACTICES, SOURCING, SHOP DRAWINGS, CUT SHEETS, & SPECIFICATIONS. 4 DECOR KEYNOTES SCALE: NONE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 0, 12015 PERMIT CENTER PLAN NORTH 2D ARTWORK 41 IDENTIFICATION II ��' '_� LEGEND DESIGNATES 2D DESIGNATES PROJECT DESIGNATES THE STANDALONE PIECE SPECIFIC PIECE NUMBER SIZE CATEGORY SIZE CATEGORY WIDTH RANGE MAXIMUM HEIGHT A 10 3/4" - 14 3/8" 241/4" B 151/2" -19 518" 25" C 20" - 241/2" 361/4" D 251/4" - 27 314" 38 5/8" E 301/2"-33" 441/4" F 36"-40" 36" S 72" AND GREATER 48" X IDENTIFIED AS PART OF THE IDENTIFIED AS PART OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SURVEY ARCHITECTURAL SURVEY TOTAL NUMBER OF 2D STANDALONE DECOR PIECES = 8 G.C. TO INSTALL ALL SIGNAGE AND DECOR. REFER TO SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTS FOR DESIGN INTENT, INSTALLATION GUIDELINES, BEST PRACTICES, SOURCING, SHOP DRAWINGS, CUT SHEETS, & SPECIFICATIONS. 5 2D DECOR STANDALONE INFO. SCALE: NONE CODE DESCRIPTION D-301 > ART WALL IN LOBBY: SEE PLAN & ELEVATIONS FOR DIMENSIONS D -3 02'> BASEBALL FLAG: 60"W x 40"H D-303 BEER MAP TIN TACKER: 77.5"W x 41"H ( SEE ELEC. FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS) D-304 YUMMM SIGN: 100.5"W x 24"H ( SEE A4.1 & ELEC. FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS) D-305 PAC -MAN CUBES - SET OF 4 (13"xl l" EA.) D-306A WOOD BURGER SIGN - WHISKEY RIVER: 49"W x 41"H -306B WOOD BURGER SIGN - BANZAI: 34"W x 46"H -306C WOOD BURGER SIGN - ROYAL: 48"W x 50.25"H -306D WOOD BURGER SIGN -CHOPHOUSE: 69.5"W x 32.5"H D-306E WOOD BURGER SIGN - BURNIN' LOVE: 42.5"W x 40"H D-- 3-0 6-F'> WOOD BURGER SIGN - BLEU RIBBON: 40"W x 40"H D-307A 8 TRACK WALL ART - BURGER FOR THE PEOPLE: 55"W x 45"H <D_-3_07_B> 8 TRACK WALL ART - MARILYN - ( DISCONTINUED) -307C 8 TRACK WALL ART - UNCLE SAM: 55"W x 45"H <_D_-3_0_8_> LICENSE PLATE GUITARS: 15"W x 48"H ( AVERAGE SIZE) D-309A VHS WALL ART - SMALL: 48"W x 48"H D-309B VHS WALL ART - LARGE: 56"W x 44"H D-310 CRAYON ART - RIBBON: 24"W x 24"H D-310B CRAYON ART - KISS: 24"W x 24"H 3-1 OC-> CRAYON ART - NO TEAR: 24"W x 24"H D-31 T> FLYING RR's - SET OF 2: 99"W x 82.5"H D-312 LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - BURGER: 27" DIA. x 14"H D---3 1-2-B> LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - FRIES: 12' DIA. x 18"H -312C LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - SHAKE: 12" DIA. x 30"H + 5" STRAW D-315A CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 56"W x 57"H D-315B CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 43"W x 45"H D-315C CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 35"W x 36"H D-316 ART DIVIDER WALL D-317 > JIMI HENDRIX RECORD PORTRAIT: 48"W x 48"H <D-319'> BEER TAP WRAP D-320 "RED" WITH BALLOON STAND - RE -USE EXISTING <D-321'> BALLOON STAND D-322 RED FRAMED LOBBY CHALKBOARD: 48"W x 96"H D-326 "CRAVING SOME FUN" FAMILY GAME WALL: 36"W x 72"H D-327 SCRABBLE TILES: 10"W x 10"H ( FULL GRAPHIC ELEMENT: 70"W x 50"H ) D-328 BURGER BOMB STENCIL: 60"W x 72"H D-328B UFO STENCIL: 60"W x 72" ( SIZE VARIES) -328Q DJ & BURGERS FACING LEFT / RIGHT STENCIL: 60"W x 54"H -328D DJ & BURGERS FACING LEFT! RIGHT STENCIL: 60"W x 54"H D_ --3-2 -8E'> BALLOON GIRL STENCIL: 60"W x 48"H D-328F SOLAR SYSTEM STENCIL: 72"W x 48"H -328H TV's STENCIL: 84"W x 54"H D-3281 COMETS STENCIL: 78"W x 54"H D-328J > FLYING BURGERS STENCIL: 66"W x 54"H D-328 CAPTIONS STENCIL: 84"W x 36"H D-328L SPACE INVADERS STENCIL: 48"W x 48"H 7328 PAC -MAN STENCILS: 96"W x 24"H D-329A 1 ARMY MAN 11 BURGER D-329B 2 ARMY MEN ! 1 BURGER 329C> 2 ARMY MEN D-330A RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - STEAK FRIES ILLUSTRATED D-330B RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - BURGERS BAZAAR 33OC> RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - BURGERWEEK D-330D RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - EATER'S DIGEST D-332 WEBER BURGER & GRILL: 12"W x 15"H GRILL,12"W x 16"H BURGER D-333 RUBIK'S CUBE: 16"W x 16"H G.C. TO INSTALL ALL SIGNAGE AND DECOr j 1�`TAI REFERTO SUPPLEMENTAL DOCUMENTS FO�N T� NIJ�TMIB TPRACTICES, SOURCING, SHOP DRAWING S j i ,7, t� NOTE TO DECOR VENDOR: I� REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY LOAD FOR USE ON SIGNAGE. J C) L!_I 0 O O i W r cv n U F- � O o F- � O F- m 1 Iry I"0 ,Wn V T_ w N ::D m z F- LU ry i Or W �00 �0- Z Jco U m 0 < 0 0 O "� � ry L1J co L j LLI ® a- r M C4 N h N LO N y M t°f 1 C N w a 00 `" CD yCD �' p N '� • f�/ A® CO 9 N M � N O W" 00 c w ( N Tw Revisions Q REWtEWED FOR CODE COMPI JANCE APPROVED 0 OU 21 2 015 A Q City of Tuk ila 1 BUILDING DI ISION REG WIN OF V1 JUN 2 3 2015 DECOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" 6 3D DECOR SCHEDULE SCALE: NONE Sheet No. rr rrr rr r r rrr er rrr 'r r rr rrr rrr r rrrrr rrr rr rr rrr rr r r rrr rrr r ' rrr rrr rrr rrrr rrr rrrr rrr r r rr rr r rr rrrr rrrr rr rrr 1.06 fr I) rlrrr rrr rrr rrrr rrr rr rrr r rr r rr rr rrr rr rrr r r rr 105B r rr r rr t r rrr rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr rr rrrr r rr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr r r rr r r rrr r rrrrr r rr rrrr r rr r rrr rrr r r rrr rrr rrr r r rr rrrr rr rr rrr r r rrr rr r r rrr rrr rrr rrr rr r rrrr rrrr rrrr rrr rrr rrrr rrrr r r rrr rr r r rrr rrr rrr rrr rr r r r rr rrr rrr CP-2 rrrrrr rrr r �rr rrr rrr rrrr r 2rl rrr rrrr rrr r 1. r rrr rrr rrr rrrr rrr rrrr rrr r r rrr rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr rr rrr r r rr rr rrr r rrr r rrr r rrr r r rr r rrrrr rrrr rr rrrrr rr r rrrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrrrr r rrrrr rrr rrrr rrrr rr rr r rrr r rrr r rrr r r r rr r rrr rrre, (11 rr r r rrr rrr r r r r rfre,rrrr rrrr r rr , r TA S 1.07 EXPO F-io-9-1 1.07 n r rr r rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr rr rrrr e If rrr rrf r r rr rr r r r r r rrr rr r1.06 rr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr rr rrr rr rrr rrr rrr r r rrr rrr rrrr rrrr rr rr r rrr rr rr rrrr rrr rrrr rrr f rr rrrf rrr rr rrrr rrr' �r rr rrrr rrr rr r rr rr rr rr rr rrr r r rr rr r r rrr rr rr rr rr rr rrr rr rr r r r r rr rr rrr rr rr rr rr rr rrr r r rr rr r r rrr rr rr rr � r r r r rr rr r rrr r rr r r r r rr r r rr r r rr rr r r r r rr r rrr r r rr rr r rrr r rr r r r r r rr r rr r r 106 rr r r r rr r r r rr r r r r r r rr r r rrr r r rr r rr r r r rrr r r rr r r r r r r rr r r rr r r r rr r r r rr r r r r r r rr r rr rr rr r r r r rr rr rrr rr rr rr rr r r rrr rr rr rr rr rr rrr rr rr r r r r rr rr rrr rr rr rr rr rr r r r l o5A r rr r r r r rr r rrr r r rr rr r rrr r rr r r r r rr r r rr r rr rr r r r r rr r rrr r3.01 rr rr r r r r r r rr r rrr r rr 1.08 r rr .. r rrr r r rrr r rrr r rrr r rrrr r ' 0e r ST r r r r r rrr r rrr r rrr 1-0$ rr r rrrrr r - - - rrr rrr r' I Trr r rr r r -- - - - -- PT 1 - - - r rr rrr rrr rrr rrr r -- --- - ----- -------- --- ----- ---- rrrrrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rr - - --- ------- - ----- ----- ------- --..... --- - -------- ---- -------- ---- rr rr rrr rrr rrrr rrr rr - --- ------ -- I T. r- rrr rrrr rrrr 1.08 rrr rrrr rrrr rrr r --- - -- - - -- -- -- --- - r r rr rrr rrrr rrr rrr rrrr- rr rrr rr rr rrr rrr frr rrr rrrr ---- .... -- ........ -- --- PT r r rr r r rrr rr CP-2 r rr rr rrr rr rr r r 1.08 - - - - - - - - - ---- ----- - - rrr rr r rrr r rr rr r 1.02 r r rr r r r rrr r rrr r r r r - --- -- -- -- -- --- - r rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr rr rrr rrr r -------- ----- ------- ----- --- ---- ----- rrr r rr r r r rrr r rrr r rrr r r rrr r rrr r rrr rr ------ ------ ----- -------- - -- -------- -- -- - - - -- r r 1.08 r rrrr r rr rrr rrrr 1 5 rrr r - ------- - ---- PT-1 -- ---- - -------- ----- - - -- - - -- -- - rr s r rr rrr rrr rrr rrrr r rr rrr - -- -------- - -- -- rrr ell r rrr rrrr rrrr -- ---- -- - - - - - --- r r rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr 3.01 r rJ 1.07 NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK WOMEN 108 1,07 1.07 MEN 107 103 QT-2 rr rrr rrrr rrrr r rr rrr rr rr rrrr rrrrrr rr rrr r rr r �r I rr r rr rr rr r 1.08 r 1.05 rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr 004 rrrrr rr rr f rr rr r r rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr r r r 1.03 r rrr r rrr r rrr r f rr r rrr r r r r r r rrrr rrrr rrr rrr rrr rrrr rrrr Irrr rrr rr r rr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr rrr 1.03 rrr r rrr rrrr rrr rr CP-1 rr rr rrrr rrrr r 102 < PT 1 rrr rrrr rf r rrrr rrr rrr rrrr rrr rrrr rrr rr r r rrr rrr rrr rrr r 1.02 rrrr rrr rr 1.01 rrr rr rrr 1.08 rrr rr rrrr rrrr r e' rrrr r r" rAl rrr r r r r rrrr rrr rr rr rrrr rr r rrr r rrr r r rrr r rrr r rrr r r r rr r rrr , r f rrr rr rr rrr rr r r rrr rrr 1.08 r rrr rrrr r rr rrrr rrrr rrr rrrr r r rrr r rr rr r rrr r rr r r r rrr r rrr rr 'r rr r rrr rrr r r rr rrr rr rr rrr l rr r j r 1.08 rr r rrr r rrr r r rrr r r 1.08 , rrr 2.04 ftI 1.07 ,.1.1 "11NT P_ 'dd' .. d 4 4. _ c 4 CONCRETE SLAB, RE: STRUCT 5 PORCELAIN TILE INSTALL DETAIL SCALE: NONE CODE DESCRIPTION 24"x24" CARPET TILE: MOHAWK GROUP STYLE: CUSTOM RED ROBIN - 50111-14195 CP 1 QUARTER TURN INSTALLATION PATTERN CONTACT: SHANNON WHITE; 720-217.8056; shannon_white@mohawkind.com 24"x24" CARPET TILE: MOHAWK GROUP STYLE: HEM GT178; COLOR: 585 BOOTCUT CP 2 QUARTER TURN INSTALLATION PATTERN CONTACT: SHANNON WHITE; 720-217-8056; shannon_white@mohawkind.com 12"x12" PORCELAIN TILE (UNGLAZED): DAL -TILE PT-1 CONTINENTAL SLATE SERIES - INDIAN RED #CS51 w/ MAPEI #37 TERRA COTTA GROUT,1/4" JOINTS 4"x12" PORCELAIN TILE BULLNOSE TRIM #S44C9 (UNGLAZED): PT-2 DAL -TILE CONTINENTAL SLATE SERIES - INDIAN RED 4CS51 w/ MAPEI #37 TERRA COTTA GROUT,1/4' JOINTS CONCRETE STAIN: L.M. SCOFIELD CO. LITHOCHROME CS-1 STAIN COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING 50URCE: 800-800-9900 4 1 FLOOR FINISH SCHEDULE SCALE: NONE EXISTING FLOOR TO REMAIN wzr CHANGE OF FLOOR LEVEL CARPET TILE ® FLOOR SINK i rrr Sri Sri PORCELAIN TILE ® FLOOR DRAIN QUARRY TILE 3 LEGEND SCALE: NONE 1.XX ( PROJECT SCOPE): 1.01 NEW TILE FLOORING THIS AREA AS SPECIFIED. 1.02 NEW CARPET FLOORING THIS AREA AS SPECIFIED. 1.03 EXISTING OPENING TO BE CONCRETE FILLED AND FINISHED AS SPECIFIED. 104 INSTALL NEW WOOD BASE AS REQUIRED BY NEW FLOORING CONSTRUCTION AND/OR SEATING RECONFIGURATION. MATCH EXISTING. 1.05 r TRANSITION STRIP (CARPET TO TILE): SCHLUTER TRIM, RENO-TK BRUSHED ANTIQUE BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMINUM (ABGB). 1.06 TRANSITION STRIP: JOHNSONITE CD-XX-W SNAP-IN'T' MOLDING; 3'x12" PCS - BLACK TRACK: MTC-00-A RADIUS 1-1/8" x 12' - MECHANICALLY FASTENED W/ TAPCON PHILIPS HEAD 3/16"0-1/4" LONG SELF -TAPPING CONCRETE SCREWS. 1.07 EXISTING TILE AND/OR WALK -OFF MAT TO REMAIN. ` 1.08 EXISTING RAISED CURB TO REMAIN. PROTECT EXISTING WOOD STAIN FINISH DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1.09 FEATHER GROUT TO PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN PORCELAIN AND QUARRY TILE. 2.XX ( DEFERRED MAINTENANCE): 2 01 NEW TILE FLOORING THIS AREA AS SPECIFIED. REFER TO S1.0 FOR UNDERLYING STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 FLOOR DRAIN; REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 2.03 FLOOR SINK; REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. r-2704-1 HUB DRAIN; REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 3.XX (ADA SCOPE ): 3.01 PROVIDE NEW STAIR NOSING TRIM: SCHLUTER TREP-E SERIES. RECEI`V'ED CITY OF TUMILA SEP 0, 1 205 PERMIT CENTER w CD (D O w 0:� C: Uj U O o V) O n co ry w m w� O O.00 z(1)op m Q 0:�N6 o a ' w Revisions LO co Z ^J 11 I U z U) I.L U) O 2 ® w U_ 0- 0 m N U ib �LO vCM N C N C7 U. �o N N rp N � M N O Co to co cc w N REVIEWED FO CODE COMPLIAP APPROVED OCT 21 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISI 1037A e REGISTER TE T 1 BE AMIN R. U META ST E OF WAS I GTON Drawn By 1 Checked By Sheet No. FLOOR FINISH PLAN 2 FLOOR FINISH KEY NOTES SCALE: NONE Az SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" EXTERIOR FINISHES CODE DESCRIPTION "Vermilion" - MAIN BUILDING COLOR EP-10 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PAINT #SW 2914 VERMILION SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONTACT:303-902-7239 "Worm Stone" - MAIN BUILDING COLOR EP-11 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PAINT #SW 7032 WARM STONE SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONTACT: 303-902-7239 "Porpoise" - BUILDING ACCENT COLOR EP-12 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PAINT #SW 7047 PORPOISE SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONTACT: 303-902-7239 EP-21 "Classic Burgundy" - BUILDING ACCENT COLOR SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PAINT - CUSTOM MATCH (USE FORMULA IN SW SOURCE) SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONTACT: 303-902-7239 "Heartthrob" - BUILDING TRIM COLOR EP-22 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PAINT #SW 6866 HEARTTHROB SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONTACT: 303-902-7239 "Black Magic" - BUILDING TRIM COLOR EP-31 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PAINT #SW 6991 BLACK MAGIC SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONTACT:303-902-7239 NOTE: REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING O L!J O 2.03 ----. -- - - -- —. - .- - - . - -- - -- - - --- EP-12 =-- - ' ------ ------- - -- — -- -- - - - --- - — LU 1.03 1.03 1.03 W W EP-31 EP-12 EP-12 C) STOREFRONT, TYR O � 0 O ry SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' 0" ~ N m z v� EP-22 1.01 EP-21 ry W LO COPING _-- ---__- ' ^ _ v ZD EP-12 EP-12 EP-11 EP-12 EP-21 EP-21 Z Z ® D COPING LU A _ EP-11 EP COPING Y EP•12 EP-12 O n LLI W COPING COPING N D ENG Z Q) 00 � `^ EP-11 AWNING Cr vJ 1.02 � O 2.04 F - I I _________________ __ EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE O - Uj I I 1.01 SCALE: NTS QLIJ 0 � �^" I■L.. ------ ---- _ EP 11 n 0 W _______________ 1.X7X ( PROJECT SCOPE): 101 EXISTING NEON LIGHTING TO BE DISCONNECTED AND ELECTRICAL CAPPED. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 1.02 REMOVE STEEL & GLASS AWNING; PATCH AND REPAIR EIFS FINISH AS REQUIRED. 1 0 REMOVE EXTERIOR TILE AND REPLACE WITH EIFS FINISH ON EXISTING SUBSTRATE: EIFS TO BE IMPACT RESISTANT FROM LEVEL OF FINISH GRADE TO 6'-0" AFF. PAINT COLOR AS INDICATED. REFER TO EIFS SYSTEM MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS AND FLASHING DETAILS. 2.XX ( DEFERRED MAINTENANCE): 2.01 NEW STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED BETWEEN EXISTING STRUCTURE; GLASS SYSTEM DESIGN AND STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS TO BE SUBMITTED TO MUNICIPALITY BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND COORDINATION. 2.02 REPLACE BROKEN LANDSCAPE LIGHTING AS DIRECTED BY FACILITIES MANAGER. 2.03 TRIM LANDSCAPING FOR VISIBILITY, B.O. NEW STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF TO REPLACE EXISTING ROOF; EXTENTS TO MATCH E M ) o a) a, N yn co ` N � N ■ n1 N co CO o ■sir. U N co ® � M � N o ' 00 [Il N � 1 P-2 �P-6 _ ---------+ TRIM, TYP. I I 4 M 4 M 4 M-4 P'2 ti M-12 M-12 � r " r L- F . �• f } P-6 TRIM, TYP. ` r ) I I I I 0 I I 4 1 1 L---J L---J ti--i .. fir: .._._ ..... — . .. t tlti - M-1 M-2 D-301 o D-322 LOBBY / WAITING AREA 2 LOBBY CHALK BOARD WALL 3 LOBBY / WAITING AREA SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1' 0" CODE DESCRIPTION "EXTRA WHITE" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P 1 G #SW 7006 EXTRA WHITE - SEMI -GLOSS FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "RED ROBIN CHELSEA GRAY" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P-2 CUSTOM MATCH BM #HC-168 CHELSEA GRAY (USE FORMULA IN SW SOURCE) EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "RED ROBIN APPROACHING STORM" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P-3 CUSTOM MATCH ICI #L1379 APPROACHING STORM (USE FORMULA IN SW SOURCE) EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT:303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "TRICORN BLACK" P 4 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS LOW VOC WATERBORNE DRYFALL PAINT #SW 6258 TRICORN BLACK - FLAT FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "HERON PLUME" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P-5 #SW 6070 HERON PLUME - EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT:303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "WORLDLY GRAY" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P-b #SW 7043 WORLDLY GRAY - EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT:303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "TANAGER RED" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P 7 #SW 6601 TANAGER - EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT:303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING NOTE: WHEN G.C. COMES ACROSS EXISTING NON-PAINTABLE CAULKING, G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING CAULK & REPLACE W/ PAINTABLE CAULK. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. O N O_ I TRIM, TYP. L (ll I P-6 I w .+— TRIM ----------------i P6 TRIM a 1 L----------------� ��.i D-308 307 M 12 -- - -_TC UWE •NON (# (� ! 4 WAITING AREA BACK WALL 5 BAR DINING & FRONT ENTRY / WAITING BAR SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0"-1 1 SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' 0" P-6 P-7 PAINT COLOR TO CHANGE T.. AT CENTERLINE OF ACRYLIC DIVIDER. <h. ' P-6 TRIM - 328H j yD-306F � -3158 I 1 Z 11 �x j tt -- — P7 M-12 M l2 PT-2 M-13 PT-2 7 FAMILY DINING & BAR DINING 8 BAR DIE WALL SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" en a M-5A M-5A P-7 r---------------------� I D 303 D-2.6B D-2.5A-_--- 3 n, __�-------------------- M-9A M-16 M-17 M-16 - M-17 CODE DESCRIPTION M-gq BACK BAR MILLWORK M-1 HOST PODIUM M-gB BACK BAR ACRYLIC M-2 HOST CABINET M-1Q BEER/LIQUOR DISPLAY M-3 FULL HEIGHT LOUVERS SEE SHEET A5.0. M-11 STAINLESS STEEL GLASS RACK M-4 WALL HEIGHT LOUVERS SEE SHEET A5.0. M-12 WAINSCOT M-5A FIXED -POST ACRYLIC DIVIDERS SEE SHEET A5.0 M-13 WOOD COLUMN COVER M-6 ART DIVIDER SEE SHEET A5.0. M-14 TOP CAP & TRIM ISJ1_7 ACRYLIC DIVIDER & POSTS (24") M-1 6 SOLID SURFACE BAR TOP M-$ ACRYLIC DIVIDER & POSTS (48") M-17 BAR FRONT FACADE PANELS i i PT-2 M-17 FAMILY DINING 10 BAR DIE WALL C MILLWORK PACKAGE (B.O.) 9 SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" SCALE: NONE 6i i P-4 i - - - — - - - --- - .... - P-2 —... - ..... --- ------ ------------------------- -------- - -- — -- - — — - — -- — -----........ P-2 " ., ------------ PILASTE P-2 M-9A I I I M-16 I I I I 1 y RECEIVED CITY OF TUMILA 2.7B D-2.8B 4 ------------_-_-_-.-�. --D - SEP 0 1 2'I'5 M-12 M-12 PERMIT CENTER PT-2 MATERIAL LEGEND w ( A U SCALE: NONE �- O f-- O O CL m rUj V � c� � N m U) z F- Z � a O ry �-- o✓ W Ll-I N C� C00 O J W co m U O D i- ©� W� � � z W CU f✓ Cn � U N •� M � N w N � <D w�ar� CO (7 U. N w 0 N � M N CUm` �V � a w (D �qp� N co Revi ions RED t.EWE'ti FO A CODE COMPLIA CE A APPROVED L, OCT 21 2015 0 - 0 City of Tukwila Q BUILDING DIVISION 10371 REGIST D HI CT 4 B JAMIN R. UETA ATE OF WA INGTON JUN_2 3 2015 1 C"kf rl 7Ir Drawn By Checked By Scale Date AS NOTED Job No. 14225 Sheet No. 11STA BAR DIE WALL 12 GREENHOUSE B DECOR LEGEND SCALE: 1/4" = 1' 0" SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" SCALE: NONE CODE DESCRIPTION <_D_-3_0_1_'> ART WALL IN LOBBY: SEE PLAN & ELEVATIONS FOR DIMENSIONS D-302 BASEBALL FLAG: 60"W x 40"H D-303 BEER MAP TIN TACKER: 77.5"W x 41"H ( SEE ELEC. FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS) D-304 YUMMM SIGN: 100.5"W x 24"H ( SEE A4.1 & ELEC. FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS) D-305 PAC -MAN CUBES - SET OF 4 (13"xl V EA.) F_306 WOOD BURGER SIGN -WHISKEY RIVER: 49"W x 41"H -306B WOOD BURGER SIGN - BANZAI: 34"W x 46"H 306C-> WOOD BURGER SIGN - ROYAL: 48"W x 50.25"H -306D WOOD BURGER SIGN - CHOPHOUSE: 69.5"W x 32.5"H D-306 WOOD BURGER SIGN -BURN IN'LOVE: 42.5"W x 40"H D-306F WOOD BURGER SIGN - BLEU RIBBON: 40"W x 40"H D-307A 8 TRACK WALL ART - BURGER FOR THE PEOPLE: 55"W x 45"H -307B 8 TRACK WALL ART - MARILYN - (DISCONTINUED) D-307C 8 TRACK WALL ART - UNCLE SAM: 55"W x 45"H D-308 LICENSE PLATE GUITARS: 15"W x 48"H ( AVERAGE SIZE) D-309A VHS WALL ART - SMALL: 48"W x 48"H D-309B VHS WALL ART- LARGE: 56"W x 44"H <D-_3_10A> CRAYON ART - RIBBON: 24"W x 24"H -310B CRAYON ART - KISS: 24"W x 24"H -310C CRAYON ART - NO TEAR: 24"W x 24"H D-311 FLYING RR's - SET OF 2: 99"W x 82.5"H D-312A LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - BURGER: 27" DIA. x 14"H D-312B LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - FRIES: 12" DIA. x 18"H -312C LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - SHAKE: 12" DIA. x 30"H + 5" STRAW D-315A CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 56"W x 57"H D-315B CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 43"W x 45"H -315C CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 35"W x 36"H D-316 ART DIVIDER WALL CJ-317 JIMI HENDRIX RECORD PORTRAIT: 48"W x 48"H D-319 > BEER TAP WRAP D-320 "RED" WITH BALLOON STAND - RE -USE EXISTING D-321 BALLOON STAND <D-322'> RED FRAMED LOBBY CHALKBOARD: 48"W x 96"H D-326 "CRAVING SOME FUN" FAMILY GAME WALL: 36"W x 72"H D-327 SCRABBLE TILES: 10"W x 10"H ( FULL GRAPHIC ELEMENT: 70"W x 50"H ) D-328 BURGER BOMB STENCIL: 60"W x 72"H p-82gB UFO STENCIL: 60"W x 72" ( SIZE VARIES) -328C DJ & BURGERS FACING LEFT! RIGHT STENCIL: 60"W x 54"H -328D DJ & BURGERS FACING LEFT 1 RIGHT STENCIL: 60"W x 54"H D-328 BALLOON GIRL STENCIL: 60"W x 48"H D-328F SOLAR SYSTEM STENCIL: 72"W x 48"H -328H TV's STENCIL: 84"W x 54"H D-3281 COMETS STENCIL: 78"W x 54"H D-328J FLYING BURGERS STENCIL: 66"W x 54"H D-328 CAPTIONS STENCIL: 84"W x 36"H D-328L SPACE INVADERS STENCIL: 48"W x 48"H -32$ PAC -MAN STENCILS: 96"W x 24"H D-329 1 ARMY MAN 11 BURGER -32gB 2 ARMY MEN 11 BURGER -329C 2 ARMY MEN D-330 RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - STEAK FRIES ILLUSTRATED .n. -330B RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - BURGERS BAZAAR -330C RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - BURGERWEEK -330D RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - EATER'S DIGEST D-332 WEBER BURGER & GRILL: 12"W x 15"H GRILL,12"W x 16"H BURGER D-333 RUBIK'S CUBE: 16"W x 16"H Lm 0 �- 0 P_2 M-6 a6D CEEDM-6 P 2 i / P-2 P_2 310A D-310B 5'4" TYP. J'J O 0 U \ D-326 0 EXPO DINING & FAMILY DINING 2 EXPO DINING 3 HALLWAY SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" SCALE: 1 /4"= V-0" CODE DESCRIPTION "EXTRA WHITE" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P 1 #SW 7006 EXTRA WHITE - SEijMI-GLOSS FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "RED ROBIN CHELSEA GRAY" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P-2 CUSTOM MATCH BM #HC-168 CHELSEA GRAY USE FORMULA IN SW SOURCE) EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT:303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "RED ROBIN APPROACHING STORM" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P-3 CUSTOM MATCH ICI 4L1379 APPROACHING STORM (USE FORMULA IN SW SOURCE) EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "TRICORN BLACK" SHERWIN-WILLIAMS LOW VOC WATERBORNE DRYFALL PAINT P-4 #SW 6258 TRICORN BLACK -FLAT FINISH CONTACT:303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "HERON PLUME" P-5 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT #SW 6070 HERON PLUME - EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "WORLDLY GRAY" b SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT P #SW 7043 WORLDLY GRAY - EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING "TANAGER RED" P 7 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PAINT #SW 6601 TANAGER - EGGSHELL FINISH CONTACT: 303-902-7239 REQUEST RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING NOTE: WHEN G.C. COMES ACROSS EXISTING NON-PAINTABLE CAULKING, G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING CAULK & REPLACE W/ PAINTABLE CAULK. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. U N 0 i�T «� (D I! D 304 D 302 ---- - ------------- - ................ ----- - ------------------ --- --- -Tz3m W MATERIAL LEGEND W Q) co A rz U i_______________ i SCALE: NONE �.. - P / \ ........_. ............. _.. 4 FAMILY DINING / EXPO 5 HALLWAY 6 HALLWAY SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" 777 SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0" 7 NOT USED 8 NOT USED SCALE: SCALE: 314" CONDUIT W/ HOME RECESSED 4X4 J-BOX W/ BLANK 1 _ RUN 120V TO BREAKER FACE PLATE PAINTED TO MATCH SURFACE MOUNT WALL BY GC (TYP 2) TRANSFORMER LOW -VOLT. �p .;. EXISTING DATUM TRIM EXISTING DATUM TRIM Z � � 3, OR SOFFIT (W.F.) ,.. VENDOR OR SOFFIT (V.I.F.) 14g" 19�q' 24g" 27� 33" 40" 72" EQ. EQ. DATUM TRIM MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX. MAX. 120V WIRING BY GC 481h PARALLEL - PAIGE LED WIRE #988182M y STANDARD DECOR -- F------------� MUST BE-------� C``L BY G.C. (TYP 3) STANDARD DECOR -- 4 -_ .. �- ��` -..�� I I HORIZONTAL 120VAC/20 AMP EXTEND WIRE 36" FROM EA. r. INSTALLATION HEIGHT - a ' INSTALLATION HEIGHT — . — — I CIRCUIT BY GC 1" DIA. HOLE FOR FINAL • ., > . o 0 ys Av WIRING &POWER o - -- - o CONNECTION BY VENDOR EXISTING k ` STING . ." 'f " CHIAIR RAIL (V.LF.) w L J i i SUPPLY BY VENDOR N 1 _g EXTEND CONDUIT TO J-BOX CHAIR RAIL (V.LF.) o o - - -� �- - z 3 2 3„ 2 3" FOR FINAL CONNECTION _ ___.j CHAIR RAIL 4.1 (THIS LETTER ONLY) .... D-2.XA D-2.XB D-2.XC D-2.XD D-2.XE D-2.XF D-2.XS `� D 300's D 303 � V CENTER OF SIGN TO WALL SEE LEGEND FOR (SEE INT. ELEV.) SEE 2D DECOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET A2.2 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION INDIVIDUAL DECOR SIZES CENTER POINT OF SIGN li v 2D DECOR INSTALLATION HEIGHTS & SIZE CATEGORIES 10 3D DECOR INSTALLATION HEIGHTS & DETAILS YUMMM SIGN DETAIL D-304 9 SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: 1 /4" = V-O" 1 2 11 B/ OUTLETS B/ TRACK SEE REFLE`1p VARIES CTED PER ELEC. PLAN CENTER LIGHTSCENTER PENDANT ON TABLE TO B/ FIXTURE CEILING PLAN 4" 4 OVER HOST CABINET - - VARIES PER SITE FOR SPACING - SECURE TRACK - -- - B/ TV TO UNDERSIDE OF CEILING -- B/ FIXTURE s, B/ FIXTURE Q B/ FIXTURE B/ FIXTURE B/ FIXTURE 7'-6" A.F.F. O �'-�" A.F.F. 6-8 A.F.F. 6 8" A.F.F. 6-8 A.F.F. VENDOR Q B/ FIXTURE f� PURSE HOOKS @ BAR DIE PURSE HOOKS @ BAR FOR HEIGHTS WALL BLONDE PANEL (24"o.c.) TABLES (ONE PER TABLE) 5'-6" A.F.F. T/ CAP - �------..�.(-r - T/ CAP ---------.............................. '-0" A ---- ---------- -....... ..... M" . � RECEIVEDF D TA3'-b" A.F.�3/6CA.F. CITY OF T .Il I l I I I I II InI T/ RISER 1- If ll—IIt6--1Ai)`-li1-liLT4A --IZrrSEP --- - ] 01J-L=I 5 1/2" A.F.F.__'---......u._------_r ii u I I I I TABLE LIGHT FIXTURE AT TABLE LIGHT FIXTURE TABLE LIGHT FIXTURE LIGHT FIXTURE OVER LIGHT FIXTURE OVER LIGHT FIXTURE OVER BEER CHANDELIER TELEVISION IN TYPICAL TRACK LIGHT ��IMI%P �101"�"�I'� BOOTH ON RISER AT BOOTH OVER BAR TOP BANQUETTE TABLES GATHERING TABLES HOST CABINET OVER BAR TABLES DINING ROOM PERMIT CENTER O C) z 0ry aC 1� I- I --- U) m ,Wry LLI L7 V = � 06 m c%) z F— Z Z) Lij O 0 ry Q 0 n- W W G � a CO J z 00 W Cn m U 0" � U) 00< ®r rVo - W Oi C) '3 W m W ~ ) Z CL Cu N U Do N � N •� M C N t71 d a !V to �-•+ E o � LL v o 0 N N N m Y 00 m LLI Revisions 0 REV[EWED FO CODE COMPLIAt iCE A APP ROVED A OCT 21 2015 City Of Tukwiic BUILDING DIVIS ON 0 1037 REGISTERE R HITE J NJAMIN R. U UETA ATE OF WAS N 'rON JUN 2 3 2015 Drawn By Checked By Scale Date AS NOTED Job No. .� 1422C, ;i. ti Sheet No. 2 FIXTURE HEIGHT STANDARDS B DECOR LEGEND SCALE: 1/4"= l'-O" SCALE: NONE CODE DESCRIPTION <D-3-0-1—> ART WALL IN LOBBY: SEE PLAN & ELEVATIONS FOR DIMENSIONS D-302 BASEBALL FLAG: 60"W x 40"H D-303 BEER MAP TIN TACKER: 77.5"W x 41"H ( SEE ELEC. FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS) D 304 YUMMM SIGN: 1003 x 24"H ( SEE A4.1 & ELEC. FOR LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS) D-305 PAC -MAN CUBES - SET OF 4 (13' 11" EA.) D-306A WOOD BURGER SIGN -WHISKEY RIVER: 49"W x 41 "H D-306B WOOD BURGER SIGN - BANZAI: 34"W x 46"H D-306C WOOD BURGER SIGN - ROYAL: 48"W x 50.25"H D-306D WOOD BURGER SIGN - CHOPHOUSE: 69.5"W x 32.5"H D-306E WOOD BURGER SIGN - BURNIN' LOVE: 42.5"W x 40"H D-306F WOOD BURGER SIGN - BLEU RIBBON: 40"W x 40"H D-307A 8 TRACK WALL ART - BURGER FOR THE PEOPLE: 55"W x 45"H D-307B 8 TRACK WALL ART - MARILYN - (DISCONTINUED) D-307C 8 TRACK WALL ART - UNCLE SAM: 55"W x 45"H D 308 LICENSE PLATE GUITARS: 15"W x 48"H ( AVERAGE SIZE) D-309A VHS WALL ART - SMALL: 48"W x 48"H D-309B VHS WALL ART - LARGE: 56"W x 44"H D-310A CRAYON ART - RIBBON: 24"W x 24"H D-310B CRAYON ART - KISS: 24"W x 24"H D-310C CRAYON ART - NO TEAR: 24"W x 24"H D 311 FLYING RR's - SET OF 2: 99"W x 82.5"H D-312A LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE - BURGER: 27" DIA, x 14"H D-312B LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE- FRIES: 12" DIA. x 18"H -312C LEGO FOOD SCULPTURE- SHAKE: 12" DIA. x 30"H + 5" STRAW D 315A CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 56"W x 5T H D-315B CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 43'W x 45"H <f-_3_15_Q'> CASSETTE TAPE WALL ART: 35"W x 36"H D 316 ART DIVIDER WALL D 317 JIMI HENDRIX RECORD PORTRAIT: 48"W x 48"H D 319 BEER TAP WRAP D 320 "RED" WITH BALLOON STAND - RE -USE EXISTING D 321 BALLOON STAND D-322 > RED FRAMED LOBBY CHALKBOARD: 48"W x 96"H D-326 "CRAVING SOME FUN" FAMILY GAME WALL: 36"W x 77H 0D-327 SCRABB LE TILES: 10"W FULL GRAPHIC ELEMENT: 70"W x 50" H D-328A BURGER BOMB STENCIL: 60"W x 72"H D-328B UFO STENCIL: 60"W x 72" ( SIZE VARIES) D-328C DJ & BURGERS FACING LEFT / RIGHT STENCIL: 60"W x 54"H <f-328D> DJ & BURGERS FACING LEFT / RIGHT STENCIL: 60"W x 54"H D 328E BALLOON GIRL STENCIL: 60"W x 48"H D-328F SOLAR SYSTEM STENCIL: 72"W x 48"H -328H TV's STENCIL: 84"W x 54"H D-3281 COMETS STENCIL: 78"W x 54"H D 328J FLYING BURGERS STENCIL: 66"W x 54"H D-328 CAPTIONS STENCIL: 84"W x 36"H D 328E SPACE INVADERS STENCIL: 48"W x 48"H -328M PAC -MAN STENCILS: 96"W x 24"H D-329A 1 ARMY MAN / 1 BURGER D-329B 2 ARMY MEN / 1 BURGER D-329C 2 ARMY MEN " D-330A RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - STEAK FRIES ILLUSTRATED D 330B RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - BURGERS BAZAAR D-330C RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - BURGERWEEK D-330D RESTROOM MIRROR MAGAZINE DECAL - EATER'S DIGEST D 332 WEBER BURGER & GRILL: 12"W x 15"H GRILL,12"W x 16"H BURGER D-333 RUBIK'S CUBE: 16"W x 16"H B/HEADER 0 RE: INTERIOR PROVIDE NEW 1-112" EXISTING WALL EXISTING WALL PROVIDE NEW 1-1/2" ELEVATIONS DIAMETER HANDRAIL TO REMAIN TO REMAIN DIAMETER HANDRAIL AT RAMP/STAIR AT RAMP/STAIR EXISTING WOOD ROOF STRUCTURE BEYOND LANDIN I I I I 1 — UNISTRUT P2484 THRU-BOLTED TO BOTH SIDES OF BEAM. I I 2x20/8" STEEL POST AT EACH I 1 END OF DIVIDER PANEL. 10 COORDINATE WITH I I Z LU ° o Z. MILLWORK DRAWINGS O C7 BEYONDLANDIN ai = Q I I I 00 WOOD DIVIDERS W/ TINTED I 1 w UNISTRUT P1001 @ 48" O.C. ACRYLIC - B.O. I I LU SEE MILLWORK DRAWINGS I PENETRATE THREADED ROD AT EVERY o v 0 UNISTRUT SECURE 1/2" ALL -THREAD WINUT & LOCK WASHER.................................... I I EXIST. RAISED FINISH FLOOR 1 �-- 1/2" 0 THREADED RODS @ 48" O.C. PROVIDE CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT UNISTRUT P1000 DIAG. BRACE @ 48" O.C. - AT ALL WALL CAPIWALL JUNCTURES & AT ALL BOOTH TABLES WHERE ALTERNATE. TACK WELD TO HANGER RODS PROVIDE 314° DIA. GROMMET IN EXISTING _rT BUTTING WALLS OR FLOORS, TYP. CEILING AT THREADED ROD LOCATIONS, TYP. EXIST. FINISH FLOOR EXIST. FINISH FLOOR 3/4" 1 1 3/4" THROUGHT. OR 3/4" RED OAK p-p oOR N O MATCH EXISTING 1 1 r STAIN T I T/ WALL EXISTING CEILING W J O EXTENT OF EXISTING EXISTING RAMP/STAIR EXTENT OF EXISTING RE: INTERIOR CONTINUOUS UNISTRUT P1000 RAMP/STAIR EXISTING RAMPISTAIRJ TO REMAIN RAMP/STAIR Q N ELEVATIONS AT TOP OF 60OS162 MTL. FRAMING TO REMAIN M 0 1/2" GYPSUM. BD. OVER 1/4" PLYWOOD d SHEATHING (TYP.)1X4 RED OA L— CHAIIR RAIL K I I chUj TRIM WI 1!4° _ . co B! GALLERY SOFFIT PER REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RAD.EDGES MATCH EXISTING STAIN I 1 co co W ' 1 I 1 EXISTING WALL n V 1 1 F_ TO REMAIN 2x TOP PLATE 1 1 1/4!'BIRCH VENEER 1 (LLJ „ SUSPENDED TRACK LIGHT HEADS TO LIGHT PLYWOOD TO MATCH r 6 REFER TO CEILING PLAN 6 UNDERSIDE OF SOFTRACK LIGHT HT HEADS & 1 O 0 EXISTING. I O MAX. 6'-0" 2 1 TABLES BELOW PROVIDE NEW 1-1/2" 0 cn DIAMETER HANDRAIL 1/2"PLYWOOD I O 1/2" GYPSUM. BD. OVER 1/4" PLYWOOD AT RAM P/STAIR Q SHEATHING (TYP.) w - ro (n LU 6" METAL FRAMING 60OS162-33 1 vJ Q @ 16" O.0 Wl SOUND BATT INSULATION FASTEN TH 18 GA. MTL. STUDS A716" o.C. 1 1 L�j� SCREWS TIO C(ONT. P 1000 DRILLING I I z LLI I— LO I I LL: W r, 2x2x1/B" STEEL POST AT EACH I I Lic END & BETWEEN DIVIDER -- 1 I q v PANELS. COORDINATE WITH 6x6xl/2" STL. PLATE a ` V MILLWORK DRAWINGS FASTENED TO EXIST. � � WOOD BASE TO ( I CONC. SLAB W! MATCH EXISTING 1 I (4)1/2"0 HILTI ANCHORS W EXIST. CONC. SLAB 1 1 NOTE: ALL VENEER WAINSCOT IS TO BE 0 In U W APPLIED WI CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE, EXIST. FINISH FLOOR NO NAILS 0,-0" r 00 coIJ MTL. RUNNER �✓ C- V ��� DETAIL -�� FAMILY DINING GALLERY SOFFIT DETAIL - SEISMIC ACCESSIBLE HANDRAIL DETAIL 0 0 � ~ FIXED POST DIVIDER D 2 3 N 6 SCALE: 1"=1'-0" SCALE: V=V-0" � = W LL SCALE: 1"=1'-0" Q Q _ W NOTE: UNISTRUT P1000 C� t— I'.. G.C. TO CONFIRM THAT REFER TO SUPPLEMENTAL EXIST. SOFFIT IS BRACED #10 SELF -DRILLING SCREW, TYP. DOCUMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TO EXISTING DECK (V.I.F.) GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS. EXISTING SOFFIT FRAMING FIN. CLG SEE REFLECTED " CLG. PLAN IIi III IF WALL SUBSTRATE AND III II am UNISTRUT P1326, EACH SIDE EXISTING STRUCTURAL I I OAK CORNER TRIM AT EXISTING SOFFIT UNISTRUT ANGLE CONN. FINISH REPLACEMENT IS ct It- W/ (V.I.F.) Wl 112"0 THRU-BOLTS EACH SIDE REQUIRED, REFER TO 8/A5.0. COL. TO REMAIN. PROTECT IIi ALL CORNERS �. N ,In UNISTRUT ANGLE CONN. EACH SIDEDURING DEMO. ICI III REFER TO MILLWORK n L4r:: HSS 2x2x118" STEEL POST I EXISTING FINISH ON NON -BAR SIDE III iII DRAWINGS. — M UNISTRUT P1000 OVER B I EXIST. SOFFIT /TRUSS I TO REMAIN I I N SOFFIT FRAMING VARIES 8/EXISTING VARIES (V.I.F. IV III I �� -- ----- --- - -- — ) NEW FLOOR FINISH &BASE; I I I SPAN BETWEEN 2 MIN. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN & STRUCTURE, V.I.F. REFER TO A2.4. I I IIi i-----_---- 3/4" OAK PLYWOOD VARIES N III AT ALL SIDES +' SUPPLEMENTAL DWGS I EXISTING COLUMN III III CUT IN THE FIELD N REFER TO FLOOR PLAN & > EXISTING LOW WALL FRAMING TO ENCLOSURE TO BE V SUPPLEMENTAL DWGS I I I I ------ -- -- ----- REFER TO U) °D REMAIN; NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF REMOVED; WRAP III III a "' _ BOTTOM OF SOFFIT TOP OF MILLWORK ( I REPLACEMENT OF LOW WALL IS COLUMN WITH NEW I I MILLWORK a N VARIES (V.I.F.) VARIES -SEE INTERIOR I REQUIRED DUE TO RAISED FLOOR TRIM PER DETAIL IIi iII DRAWINGS. CO Lij- --- - ELEVATIONS AND MILLWORK DRAWINGS III III V) F t I EXISTING STRUCT n 00 CONSTRUCTION. i COLUMN TO REMAIN w EXIST. SOFFIT OR TOP OF MILLWOROf 1 K III III ROOF FRAMING (V.I.F.) VARIES -SEE INTERIOR SHIMS ATALL SIDES I I t II ELEVATIONS AND ' III III I I I �e MILLWORK DRAWINGS I I I I LINE OF NEW BASE N a a SHIMS AT ( ( ----- --- — ° - EXISTING WAINSCOT & BELOW; REFER TO n co Im ALL SIDES BASE TO BE REMOVED. A2.4. - - --- _ t — - -------------------------------------------............................... PROVIDE NEW BASE I I ° WOOD TRIM AT ALL SIDES I I I I ACCORDING TO A2.4. I I TO MATCH LOUVER FINISH NEW FLOOR STRUCTURE -6, F.F.E. -------- -- - z ( I ON EXISTING SLAB; REFER p'-p W I ( HSS 2x2xl/8" STEEL POST TO STRUCTURAL. ' a ON LU AT EACH END OF REVIEWED FOIR LU a D V DER PANEL, SPACING w CODE COMPLIAN E VARIES, COORDINATE WITH aJa HSS 2x2x118" STEEL POSTDIVIDER II ors EXPO PANEL I I I I MILLWORK DRAWINGS APPROVED AT EACH END 0 z ........ _..... _..... OCT 21 2015 W HSS 2x2x1/8" STEEL POST I I I I BAR FLOOR/WALL DETAIL MILLWORK COLUMN WRAP DETAIL _______ _--------- I ( o AT EACH END OF EXPO SCALE: 1"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"=1'-D"�+I �f Tukwila w w DIVIDER PANEL. SPACING ` t P�YV o HSS 2x2x1!8" STEEL POST z VARIES. COORDINATE WITH ( I I I 3 4 - BUILDING DIVISI N y w I I I IN MILLWORK POST 0 MILLWORK DRAWINGS \0 5x5x318" STL. PLATE 314' RED OAK w I ( I I 5x5x318" STL1 PLATE MATCH EXISTING / 3 4,- MATCH EX STING BOLTED TO WALL FRAME STAIN ICI` STAIN - ,w� -- W13/8 0x 4" LAG FRAME N ------_........... __.-----_-- I I WI 318" 0 x 4" LAG I ( I I SCREWS (4 TOTAL) — --- .--- SCREWS (4 TOTAL) SHIMS AT ALL SIDES _ SHIMS AT I I I I CHAIR RAIL N CHAIR RAIL N 1X4 RED OAK 1X4 RED OAK 037 ALL SIDES I I I I I 5x5x3/8" STOL. PLATE E - RBGISTER TOP OF EXISTING WALL M DTCHD RESTING STAIN I M MDTCHD RESTING STAIN 5x5x3/8" STL. PLATE _ _ BOLTED TO WALL FRAME BOLTED T WALL FRAM - • •� HITS W/ 3/8" 0 x 4" LAG 1 W13/8" 0 x 4" LAG y .r -. TOP OF EXISTING WALL �1 ,• i• S VARIES -REFER TO SCREWS 4 TOTAL VARIES -REFER TO SCREWS (4 TOTAL) ------- ------- ---- — INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ( ) INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2x TOP PLATE BE AMIN R. U UETA 1/4" BIRCH VENEER 1 114" BIRCH VENEER (. ( ' TE OF WASH ON EXIST. CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD TO MATCH PLYWOOD TO MATCH EXIST. CONTINUOUS :y (2)2X TOP PLATE (V.I.F.) (2)2X TOP PLATE (V.I.F.) EXISTING. EXISTING. ^� SE,'' 0t.� EXISTING 6" MTL. EXISTING 6" MTL. C) STUD WALL (V.I.F.) zo STUD WALL (V.I.F.) 1/2" PLYWOOD = PROVIDE NEW 518" PLYWOODAS Z REQUIRED. LU w JUN 2 3 2015 o X v � v w W z 18 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" o.C. ( ) 0 0 F- MTL. RUNNER < Uj BASE; REFER TO BASE; REFER TO RECEIVED Uj A2.4. A2.4. 1 D Cr t FLOOR FINISH; CITY OF iUK1f ILA REFER TO A2.4 FLOOR FINISH; Drawn By Checked By REFER TO A2.4 q NOTES: SEP O I �O j J EXIST. CONC. SLAB EXIST. CONC. SLAB ALL VENEER WAINSCOT 15 TO BE APPLIED WI Scale Date CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE, NO NAILS. AS NOTED FINISH FLOOR OOR pROVDECLEARSILICONESEALANTAT LL PERMI b 0-0„ r .. 4 FL 0 O 1 f,rE�l�i FI� o N FINISH I A ;. " ° 9 WALL JUNCTURES & AT ALL TABLES BOOTH TABLES WHERE BUTTING WALLS14225 < A.. OR FLOORS, TYP. THROUGHT. All Sheet No. 4 LOUVER ON LOW WALL DETAIL - SEISMIC M-�. 5 ART DIVIDER ON LOW WALL DETAIL - SEISMIC -6 8 NE LOW WALL DETAIL 9 NOT USED SCALE: 1"=1'-0" SCALE: 1 SCALE: ? 1"=1'-0" SCALE: NONE ° DOOR NO. DOOR TYPE FRAME TYPE SIZE DOOR FRAME REMARKS MATT TYPE JELEV. MAT'L HEAD IJAMB ITHRESHOLD 100 1 EXISTING 2'-11 1/2" x 7'-11" ALUM. EXISTING FRAME REFER TO GENERAL NOTES 101 1 EXISTING 2'-11 1/2" x 7'-11" ALUM. EXISTING FRAME REFER TO GENERAL NOTES 102 1 EXISTING 3'-O" x 6'-8" V.I.F. ALUM. - EXISTING FRAME G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE OF EXISTING FRAMED OPENING PRIOR TO ORDERING DOOR; REFER TO GENERAL NOTES 103 2 EXISTING 3'-0" x 6'-8" V.I.F. ALUM. - EXISTING FRAME G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE OF EXISTING FRAMED OPENING PRIOR TO ORDERING DOOR; REFER TO GENERAL NOTES 104 EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN; REPLACE BRASS HARDWARE ONLY; REFER TO A2.0. 105 EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN; REPLACE BRASS HARDWARE ONLY; REFER TO A2.0. 106 3 A 3'-0" x 3'-9" SC HM 4/A5.1 107 3 A 3'-O" x 3'-9" SC HM 4/A5.1 DOOR NO. QTY. EA. DESCRIPTION MFG. PART NO. CODE 100, 101, 102 ENTRY DOORS, PATIO DOOR 1 95" CONTINUOUS HINGES PM CFM95-HD G.C. 1 MEETING STILE WEATHERSTRIP REESE D575A G.C. 1 RIM EXIT DEVICE VON DUPRIN CD9927-3 U526D G.C. 1 RIM CYLINDER HOUSING BEST 1E72S2RP 626 G.C. 1 MORTISE CYLINDER HOUSING BEST 1E76C4RP1 626 G.C. 1 CONSTRUCTION CORE LOCKNET TEMP CORE G.C. 1 SMALL FORMAT INTER. CORE BEST 1C 7(A)1626 G.C. 1 18" PULL BAR ROCKWOOD BF159 630 G.C. 1 CLOSER INGERSOLL 4111CUSH TB AL (100-DEG. MAX.) G.C. 1 ITHRESHOLD NATT GUARD 325A G.C. 1 DOOR SEALS REESE DS75A G.C. 1 36" EXTENSION ROD VON DUPRIN 36" EXTENSION ROD G.C. i FLOOR STOP IVES FS18L G.C. 1 BOTTOM RAIL DOOR SWEEP I NATT GUARD C627A I G.C. 1 BOLLARD - 36"H, 4" DIA., FLAT CAP jCSB SSF04000-F 1G.C. 103 EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR 1 95" CONTINUOUS HINGES PM CFM95-HD G.C. 1 RIM EXIT DEVICE VON DUPRIN CD99EO-3 U526D G.C. 1 MORTISE CYLINDER HOUSING BEST 1E76C4RP1626 G.C. 1 CONSTRUCTION CORE LOCKNET TEMP CORE G.C. 1 SMALL FORMAT INTER. CORE BEST 1C 7(A)1626 G.C. 1 ITHRESHOLD NATT GUARD 325A G.C. 1 1 DOOR SEALS IREESE DS75A G.C. 104,105 RESTROOM DOORS REPLACE ALL BRASS DOOR HARDWARE. MATCH EXISTING SPECIFICATION, U526D FINISH G.C. 106,107 ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR LIFT DOORS 2 STANDARD HINGE MCKINNEY MPB794-1/2"x4-1/2" U526D NRP G.C. 1 LOCKSET YALE B-AU 4607LN RHR 626 G.C. 1 KICKPLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 8"04" US32D G.C. 1 WALL DOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 409 US32D G.C. 3 ISILENCERS ROCKWOOD 1608 G.C. 1 ITHRESHOLD NATT GUARD I NGP 424-36" IG.C. 3116" STAINLESS S BARSTOCK PROg & INSTALLED BY K� LAYER -1"CDX PLYN'D. 2'-4" B.O. 14' RADIUS EASED EDGES ','`` RECYCLED GLASS (TYP.) COUNTER TOP ---------- 3/16' 513/16" ss-2 112" HARDY BACKER 2., 1 LAYER 1" CDX PLYWOOD. CANTILEVERED STEEL LAYER BOARD B.O. COUNTER SUPPORT BLACK LAMINATE 2x BLOCKING UNDERSIDE. B.O, PURSE HOOK B.O. - = 4" LAG SCREWS 6"1 11-0" @ 24" O.C. THROUGH PLYWD. LED TAPE LIGHT 1'-7 1/2"' INTO BOTH TOP - - ----- 5" 5/ -------------- — 2x BLOCKING PLATES @ 12" O.C. FRP — SECURE A 2X2 STEEL POST @ — SECURE A 2X2 STEEL POST 4" O.C. INTO PLATE AT THE END @ 4" O.C. INTO PLATE AT THE END OF DIE WALL. co OF DIE WALL. I O O _ cf) I I 1l2"BIRCH PLYWOOD. B.O. 0 N o Li- M WD-3 0 0 3/4" PLYWOOD WD-3 I CV LAB FRP BEHIND TILE- 314"CDX PLYWOOD & PROVIDE CONT. 3I4" SILICONE SEALANT 16ga. MTL. STUDS @ 16ga. MTL. STUDS @ 12, O.C. 12" O.C. LJ-1 r 1 CONCRETE CURB - REINF. wl CONCRETE CURB - REINF. wl • • 81 #3's @ 24" O.C. (VERT. 314"CEMENT • • I 8"L #3's @ 24" O.C. (VERT. ~ _ - DOWELS) & 2 #3 BARS HORIZ. BOARD DOWELS) & 2 #3 BARS HORIZ. FINISH FLOOR AND (CONT.). (CONT.). O 0 BASE SEE SHEET A2.2 I ~ SEE SHEET A2.2 FOR TILE ir> SEE SHEET A2.2 FOR TILE C/� FINISH 1 L FINISH 0 --- Iv BOLT STEEL POST BOLT STEEL POST 0- SLAB SLAB m L1J J A B _ Lu LO = T- V o r ') N NOT USED BAR SECTIONS m 5 2 SCALE: NONE SCALE: 1-1/2"=T-0" W A 0� EE SCHED. $EE SCHED r V 0n w O CU a) 00 CO„ 5„ 1 EE SCHED00 Q w w Ci (2)16 GA. MTL. STUDS @ EACH FRAMED OPG. L1J �-- co o O M Z M rn o n N v L.tl.d.� r I W o I o 2 CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT PERIMETER TYPICAL 10 O ^ =1 2" W ^ ? Q W Z CLIP WELDED TO FRAME WRAP -AROUND STYLE - - HOLLOW METAL FRAME PAINTED. Cu r- 0 m 16 GA. MTL. RUNNER a t- U o ACCESSIBILITY NOTES: , LO 1. EVERY REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAY SHALL BE SIZED FOR A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 3 FT. WIDE BY NOT LESS DOOR, RE: DOOR SCHED. p `" DIMENSION TO �✓ �� Cl) THAN 6"-B" HIGH CAPABLE OF OPENING 90 DEG. AND MOUNTED SO THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE EXIT 18'-6 3/8" WALL SHEATHING 00 WAY IS 32" MIN. PROVIDE STEEL REINF. 4-0 1.7mm (.067") AT ALL CLOSERS 13'-23/8" _ 3'-4" 2'-0" STAINLESS_ -------------------------------------------------------------- --- ------------------- ------ 2. THRESHOLD TO BE A MAX. 1/2" ABOVE ADJACENT FINISH FLOOR. 3.1mm (.123")ATMORTISE HINGES SOLID SURFACE BAR COUNTER STAINLESS STEEL PAN STEEL COUNTER 3. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8-112 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 LBS. REFER TO DETAIL 8IA5.0 FOR U N WALL FINISH DETAILS o FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS 3 9 N A5.1 AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC N a`o 00 DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED; THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THEw ~ APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, NOT TO EXCEED 15 LBS. it r 4. THE BOTTOM 12" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE. n 5. PROVIDE LEVER -TYPE HARDWARE PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. MOUNTAT30"TO44"A.F.F. DOOR JAMB DETAIL II IRe ( ) 4 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL SCALE: 1"=1'-0" z II I FRAMING 0 REVIEWED FO v KNOWLEDGE. HAND -ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30" AND 44" �I I� CODE COINPLIAN E ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND -ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN APPROVED A PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE OPENABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER -TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC U II II BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT o m jj jj a ? Q REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS SHALL OPERATE AS Q OCT 21 2015 ABOVE IN EGRESS DIRECTION. ¢ �� �� u- 7. DOOR CLOSERS: IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE � ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. II n O II II 8_5" 4'-47I8" City of TukWi "ct II I FRAMING FRAMING BUILDING DIVISI 0N x II II Q II II II II NOTES: ENTRY DOOR N: - STAINLESS STEEL GRATE & D II II ________ _______ ii A)100, 101, & 102 DOORS TO BE: KAWNEER SERIES 500 WIDE STILE ENTRANCE DOORS (SIZES &GLAZING PER PAN PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY KEC �_______ _______rr� _- SEE EQUIP. SPECS. II L�-------- -=�-- ------ ---. —.- __ __ __ DOOR TYPE SCHEDULE). W/ KYNAR FINISH TO MATCH SHERWIN WILLIAMS #SW 2914, VERMILLION. II �- ��� I� 16371 1'-61/2" II - __ - ____ ___ I, REGISTER B)103 EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR TO BE: KAWNEER SERIES 500 WIDE STILE ENTRANCE DOORS (SIZES & —�^ ----------------- -- --_=------------ HITE T " GLAZING PER DOOR TYPE SCHEDULE) W/ FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT. • RED A GLAZING NOTES: +� B JAMIN R. U UETA 1. 1" INSULATED CLEAR GLAZING. RE: SPEC.'S 2A 2B ATE OF WAS I GTON y 2. FIELD VERIFY ALL ROUGH OPENINGS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO MANUFACTURING TYPICAL A5.1 A5.1 (�P1 1 3. DYMBOL REPRESENTS TEMPERED GLASS LOCATIONS. CONT. SILICONE SE V� 4. WINDOWS SHALL HAVE A U-FACTOR AND SHADING COEFFICIENT OF .43 10" 2 1 /2" 5'-7" V-1" 3'-10 3/8" 4'-0" 14'-G 3/8" 'f'INDIRECTDRAINTOHUBD SOLID SURFACE BAR COUNTER JUN 2 3 2015 BELOW. ROUTE THROUGH ICE BIN I BACKSPLASH II RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA Drawn By Checked By SEP 012015 Scale Date AS NOTED PERMIT CENTER Job No, 14225 Sheet No. DOOR & DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULES & NOTES 3 DRAIN PAN SECTION BAR PLAN 6 SCALE: NONE SCALE: 1"=1'-0° SCALE: 1/2"=V.0" r GENERAL NOTES (.GENERAL A. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. , B. IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND LATEST ADDENDAAND TO SUBMIT TO ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPARE ALL CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN DISCIPLINES AND WITHIN A GIVEN DISCIPLINE TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND ERECTION. D. IF A CONFLICT EXISTS AMONG THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, GENERAL NOTES, OR THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE STRICTEST REQUIREMENTS, AS INDICATED BY THE ENGINEER, SHALL GOVERN. E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE FOR OPENINGS IN WALLS AND IN ROOF AND FLOOR SYSTEMS, WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND MECHANICAL PLANS. F. ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND ANY OTHER CONDITIONS OF ANY EXISTING STRUCTURES OR OTHER FEATURES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE AFFECTED PART OF THE WORK. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, IT SHALL BE SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND TO PROTECT FROM DAMAGE ANY PORTIONS THAT ARE TO REMAIN. G. THE COMPLETED LATERAL -FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS AND DIAPHRAGMS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE STRUCTURE TO RESIST LATERAL LOADS AND PROVIDE STABILITY UNDER GRAVITY LOADS. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED BRACING DURING CONSTRUCTION TO MAINTAIN THE STABILITY AND SAFETY OF ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNTIL THE LATERAL -LOAD RESISTING OR STABILITY -PROVIDING SYSTEM IS COMPLETELY INSTALLED AND THE STRUCTURE IS COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER, H. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DETAILS SHOWN ON ANY DRAWING ARE TO BE CONSIDERED TYPICAL FOR ALL SIMILAR CONDITIONS. I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION MEANS AND METHODS AND FOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS. J. BRITT, PETERS & ASSOCIATES, INC. SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTS OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR OR FOR THEIR FAILURE TO CARRY OUT THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. K. PERIODIC SITE OBSERVATION BY BRITT, PETERS & ASSOCIATES, INC. IS SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF DETERMINING IF THE WORK OF THE CONTRACTOR IS PROCEEDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STRUCTURAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE OR CONTINUOUS TO CHECK THE QUALITY OR QUANTITY OF THE WORK. L. THE BUILDING OWNER SHALL PROVIDE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE TO INSURE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. SUCH MAINTENANCE SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO PAINTING OF STEEL, PROTECTIVE COATING FOR CONCRETE, SEALANTS, CAULKED JOINTS, EXPANSION JOINTS, CONTROL JOINTS, SPALLS AND CRACKS IN CONCRETE, AND PRESSURE WASHING OF EXPOSED STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. II. DESIGN CRITERIA A. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE B. DEAD LOADS 1. TYPICAL FLOOR SYSTEMS: (60 PSF TOTAL) a. SLAB SELF WEIGHT 50 PSF b. FINISHES 10 PSF C. LIVE LOADS 1. LIVE LOADS ARE BASED ON THE MORE RESTRICTIVE OF THE UNIFORM LOAD LISTED BELOW OR THE CONCENTRATED LOAD LISTED ACTING OVER A 6.25 SQUARE FOOT AREA. LIVE LOADS HAVE BEEN REDUCED AS PRESCRIBED IN THE AFOREMENTIONED BUILDING CODE. CATEGORY UNIFORM LOAD (PSF) CONCENTRATED LOAD (LBS) a. DINING ROOMS/RESTAURANTS 100 D. SEISMIC LOADS: SHORT PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, SS 1.456 1-SEC PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, S1 0.543 SHORT PERIOD DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, SIDS 0.971 1-SEC PERIOD DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, SD1 0.543 RISK CATEGORY II SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D SITE CLASS D BASIC SEISMIC -FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM STEEL SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR, R 3 DEFLECTION AMPLIFICATION FACTOR, CD 3 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR IE 1.0 SEISMIC RESPONSE COEFFICIENT CS 0.404 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE DESIGN BASE SHEAR V 29 KIPS E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WEIGHTS, LOCATIONS AND ASSOCIATED OPENINGS WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBMIT SUCH INFORMATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IF THE ACTUAL WEIGHT EXCEEDS THE WEIGHT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. F. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE IN THE DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF ALL CLADDING, PARTITIONS, WALLS, ETC. TO ACCOUNT FOR FLOOR TO FLOOR DEFLECTIONS AND LATERAL FRAME DEFLECTION. III. FOUNDATIONS A. AN ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY OF 1,50OPSF HAS BEEN ASSUMED AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED BY A QUALIFIED SOILS ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE SOILS REPORT AND ADHERE TO ALL RECOMMENDATION WITHIN, INCLUDING PREPARATION OF SOILS AT BUILDING PAD. C. ALL SOILS WORK, INCLUDING BACKFILL OF UTILITY TRENCHES AND THE VERIFICATION OF BEARING CAPACITY OF SAME SHALL BE UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A QUALIFIED SOILS ENGINEER. PROXIMITY OF UTILITY TRENCHES TO BUILDING FOUNDATION SYSTEM SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER TO INSURE INTEGRITY OF THE BEARING SOILS. REINFORCING BAR LAP LENGTH SCHEDULE BAR NO. 3000 PSI 4000 PSI 5000 PSI 6000 PSI 7000 PSI #3 16" 16" 16" 16"" 16" #4 19" 16" 16" 16" 16" #5 23" 20" 17" 16" 16" #6 26" 24" 21" 19" 17" #7 43" 38" 1 34" 30" 29" #8 55" 47" 42" 39" 36" #9 67" 58" 52" 47" 45" #10 82" 71" 64" 58.. 54" #11 98" 85" 76" 69" 64" VALUES ABOVE ARE FOR CLASS B SPLICE, GRADE 60 REINFORCEMENT, NWT CONCRETE. -LENGTHS SHOWN CONFORM TO NON -SEISMIC PROVISIONS OF ACI 318 FOR UNCOATED BARS ENCLOSED BY PROPERLY SPACED TIES OR STIRRUPS. -LENGTH IN TABLE SHALL BE FACTORED FOR THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1) HORIZONTAL BARS MORE THAN 12" ABOVE BOTTOM OF CAST MEMBER:1.&TABLE LENGTH 2) LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE:1.3xTABLE LENGTH 3) BAR CLEAR SPACING LESS THAN ONE BAR DIAMETER AND/OR BAR CLEAR COVER LESS THAN ONE BAR DIAMETER:1.5xTABLE LENGTH 4) EPDXY COATED BARS: 1.5xTABLE LENGTH 5) WHERE MORE THAN ONE CONDITION APPLIES, ALL APPLICABLE FACTORS SHALL BE APPLIED TO LENGTH INDICATED IN TABLE. VI. METAL STUD FRAMING A. DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO AISI "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS", LATEST EDITION. ALL METAL STUDS SHALL BE GALVANIZED. B. ALL 33 MIL AND 43 MIL STUDS, JOISTS, TRACK, BRIDGING, END CLOSURES, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF AISI "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS" WITH A MINIMUM YIELD OF 33 KSI U.N.O. ALL 54 MIL AND THICKER MEMBERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD OF 50 KSI. C. ALL MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL HAVING A G-60 GALVANIZED COATING MEETING ASTM A 635. D. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL SCREWS OR PINS SHALL BE NON -CORROSIVE NO.8-18 (D=.125") OR LARGER. DO NOT USE STAINLESS STEEL OR COPPER -COATED FASTENERS. E. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, TRACKS SHALL BE THE SAME DEPTH AS STUDS OR JOISTS AND OF EQUAL OR THICKER GAUGE THAN STUDS OR JOISTS. TRACKS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO SUPPORT AT 16" O.C. MAX. STUDS OR JOISTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO TRACKS AT EACH SIDE. F. THE QUANTITY OF STUDS AND JOISTS DISPLACED OR CUT FOR OPENING SHALL BE PLACED HALF ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. G. THE DESIGN OF SLIP TRACKS SHALL CONFORM TO GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED IN SSMA TECHNICAL NOTE NO.1 PUBLISHED JAN. 2001. H. PROVIDE THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TRACK, CLIP ANGLES, BRACING, REINFORCEMENTS, FASTENERS, AND ACCESSORIES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION INDICATED AND AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE FRAMING SYSTEM. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, INSTALL THE FRAMING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. I. PREPUNCHED HOLES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE STUD SUPPORT LOCATIONS. J. USE FLUX COVERED, MILD STEEL ELECTRODES AWS E-6012, E-6013, OR E-7014 FOR WELDING STEEL STUDS. ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE AWS PROCEDURES. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROPER ELECTRODE SELECTION. TOUCH UP WELDED AREAS WITH A ZINC RICH PAINT. IV. CONCRETE A. CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: CONCRETE 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AND DENSITY REQUIREMENTS: STRENGTH CONC. USAGE (PSI) TYPE COMMENTS a. METAL DECK SLABS 3000 NWT 1. NWT = NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE 2. LINT = SAND -LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE (120 PCF MAX.) 3. ALL CONCRETE SHALL HAVE ALLOWABLE UNIT SHRINKAGE OF 0.045% AT 28 DAYS. (SEE ASTM C157) ALL SLABS TO RECEIVE MOISTURE SENSITIVE FLOOR COVERINGS SHALL HAVE MAXIMUM WATER/ CEMENT RATIO OF 0.45. B. CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING DURABILITY REQUIREMENTS PER ACI-318 SECTION 4.2 & 4.3: EXPOSURE/LOCATION a. INTERIOR SLABS FO, SO, PO, CO C. ALL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT "ACI MANUAL OF CONCRETE PRACTICE". D. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-150, TYPE I OR II. E. ALL AGGREGATE FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL MEET ASTM C 33. F. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: 1. ALL REINFORCING, UNO: ASTM A615 GRADE 60 2. WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT (WWR): a. SMOOTH WIRE: ASTM A 185 (65 KSI) G. REINFORCEMENT DETAILING: 1. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE DETAILED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315. 2. DEVELOPMENT AND SPLICE LENGTHS ARE IN TENSION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED AND SHALL BE AS TABULATED IN THE SPLICE LENGTH TABLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. LAP WWR ONE CROSSWIRE SPACING PLUS 2". 4. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SECURELY PLACED TO PREVENT DISPLACEMENT DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE: a. SLABS, WALLS, JOISTS #11 & SMALLER 3/4" 5. PROVIDE DOWELS TO MATCH REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING INDICATED FOR ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. H. HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CONCRETE POURS SHALL NOT BE USED UNLESS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SHALL APPROVE ALL DEVIATIONS OR ADDITIONAL JOINTS IN WRITING. I. SLABS SHALL BE CAST MONOLITHICALLY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. J. CHAMFER ALL PERMANENTLY EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES 314 INCH, UNO. K. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF OPENINGS AND SLEEVES IN CONCRETE WALLS AND SUPPORTED FLOORS. SPREAD REINFORCEMENT AT OPENINGS AND SLEEVES UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. DO NOT CUT REINFORCEMENT. SEE TYPICAL REINFORCEMENT DETAILS FOR OPENINGS IN SLABS AND WALLS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. L. ALUMINUM SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN ANY CONCRETE. V. DECKING A. STEEL DECK SHALL BE DESIGNED AND FABRICATED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE STEEL DECK INSTITUTE'S DESIGN MANUAL FOR COMPOSITE DECKS, FORM DECKS, AND ROOF DECKS PUBLICATION. B. PROVIDE DECK IN LENGTHS ADEQUATE FOR A THREE -SPAN CONDITION WHERE POSSIBLE. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS, SLEEVES, INSERTS, ETC., WITH SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED. D. STEEL DECK SHALL BE ATTACHED TO ALL MEMBERS ON WHOM IT BEARS. E. STEEL DECK SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT BEARING AT END AND INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS TO PREVENT WEB CRIPPLING (1 1/2" AND 3", RESPECTIVELY). MINIMUM SHORING BEAM WIDTHS SHALL BE PER THE DECK MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. F. DECK MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE CELL CLOSURES, COLUMN CLOSURES, FINISH STRIPS, GIRDER FILLERS, AND THE ATTACHMENTS AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A COMPLETE SYSTEM. G. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE POUR STOPS OF LENGTH, DEPTH AND GAGE APPROPRIATE FOR OVERHANG AND SLAB DEPTH. H. PROVIDE WELD WASHERS WHEN WELDING DECK THINNER THAN 22 GAGE MATERIAL. I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL ALTERNATE PRODUCTS TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY MATERIAL J. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE CAST WITHIN ANY ELEVATED SLABS WITHOUT ENGINEER APROVAL, IN NO CASE SHALL CONDUIT OUTER DIAMETER EXCEED 1/3 OF THE SLAB THICKNESS ABOVE THE DECK. K. NON -COMPOSITE FORM DECK TYPE: 1 1/2" CONFORM DECK GAGE: 22 FINISH: GALVANIZED G60 MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES: SP= 0.179 IN3/FT IP= 0.177 IN4/FT SN= 0.169 IN3/FT IN= 0.143 IN4/FT SLAB DEPTH= 4 IN CONCRETE WT= 145 PCF MAXIMUM UNSHORED CONSTRUCTION SPANS: SINGLE = V-2" DOUBLE = 5'-6" TRIPLE = 5'-7" DECKATTACHMENT.• 410 TEK SCREWS IN 30/4 PATTERN AT SUPPORTS 410 TEK SCREWS AT 12" OC AT EXTREME EDGE 410 TEK SCREWS AT 12" OC AT DECK SIDELAPS VII. SUBMITTALS A. THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW AND STAMP ALL SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE SUBMITTING FOR REVIEW. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER AND HAVE THE ENGINEER'S SHOP DRAWING STAMP AFFIXED PRIOR TO FABRICATION. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE FROM REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS. B. A RECORD SET OF APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE KEPT IN THE FIELD BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. C. ANY DEVIATION FROM, ADDITION TO, SUBSTITUTION FOR, OR MODIFICATION TO THE STRUCTURE OR ANY PART OF THE STRUCTURE DETAILED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW DO NOT CONSTITUTE "IN -WRITING" UNLESS IT IS CLEARLY NOTED THAT SPECIFIC CHANGES ARE BEING SUGGESTED. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A LIST AND SCHEDULE OF ALL STRUCTURAL SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. E. THE FOLLOWING SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW: 1. FLOOR METAL FORM DECK 2. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS 3. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS FOR ELEVATED FLOOR SYSTEMS 4. ALL OPENINGS IN FLAT SLABS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING 5. REINFORCING STEEL 6. LIGHT GAUGE METAL F. ITEMS MARKED (1) SHALL HAVE SHOP DRAWINGS SEALED BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER IN THE STATE WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. ITEMS MARKED (2) SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER FOR OWNER'S RECORD ONLY AND WILL NOT HAVE THE ENGINEER'S SHOP DRAWING STAMP AFFIXED. ITEMS MARKED (3) SHALL HAVE DESIGN CALCULATIONS SEALED BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER IN THE STATE WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONE SET OF REPRODUCIBLES AND TWO SETS OF PRINTS FOR ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SPECIFIED TO BE RETURNED BY THE ENGINEER. 2. THE OMISSION FROM THE SHOP DRAWINGS OF ANY MATERIALS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OF FURNISHING AND INSTALLING SUCH MATERIALS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED. G. THE USE OF ELECTRONIC FILES OR REPRODUCTIONS OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY ANY CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, ERECTOR, FABRICATOR, OR MATERIAL SUPPLIER IN LIEU OF PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS SIGNIFIES THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF ALL INFORMATION SHOWN HEREON AS CORRECT, AND OBLIGATES THEMSELVES TO ANY JOB EXPENSE, REAL OR IMPLIED, ARISING DUE TO ANY ERRORS THAT MAY OCCUR HEREON. VIII. SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING (CHAPTER 17) A. ALL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR FROM THIS TESTING AGENCY SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK FOR CONFORMANCE TO THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD, AND ALL OTHER DESIGNATED INDIVIDUALS. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF NOT CORRECTED, TO THE PROPER DESIGN AUTHORITY AND TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. C. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING WHETHER THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS, TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, SOILS REPORT AND APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION REFERENCED STANDARD IBC REFERENCE CONTINUOUS PERIODIC STEEL CONSTRUCTION OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL STEEL 1705.2.2 1. MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF COLD -FORMED STEEL DECK A. IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS TO CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS SPECIFIED IN THE APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS X APPLICABLE ASTM MATERIAL STANDARDS B. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS X 2. CONNECTION OF COLD -FORMED STEEL DECK TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE 1705.2.2.1.1 A. WELDING AWS D1.3 B. OTHER FASTENERS X AISC 360, N6 3. REINFORCING STEEL 1705.2.2.1.2 A. VERIFICATION OF WELDABILITY OF REINFORCING STEEL OTHER THAN ASTM A706 AWS DA ACI 318: SECTION 3.5.2 B. REINFORCING STEEL RESISTING FLEXURAL AND AXIAL FORCES IN INTERMEDIATE AND SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES, BOUNDARY ELEMENTS OF SPECIAL CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALLS AND SHEAR REINFORCEMENT C. SHEAR REINFORCEMENT D. OTHER REINFORCING STEEL 4. COLD -FORMED STEEL TRUSSES SPANNING 60 FEET OR GREATER A. VERIFY TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT RESTRAINT/BRACING ARE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED TRUSS SUBMITTAL PACKAGE 1705.2.2.2 FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION REFERENCED STANDARD IBC REFERENCE CONTINUOUS PERIODIC CONCRETE CONSTUCTION ACI 318 1705.3 1. INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING PRESTRESSING TENDONS, AND PLACEMENT. X ACI 318: 3.5, 7.1-7.7 1910.4 2. INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1705.2.2. ITEM 2B. AWS D1.4, ACI 318: 3.5.2 3. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS CAST IN CONCRETE WHERE ALLOWABLE LOADS HAVE BEEN ACI 318: 8.1.3. 21.2.8 1908.5. 1909.1 INCREASED OR WHERE STRENGTH DESIGN IS USED. 4. INSPECTION OF ANCHORS POST -INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS ACI 318: 3.8.6. 8.1.3, 21.2.8 1909.1 5. VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX. X ACI 318: CH. 4, 5.2-5.4 1904.2, 1910.2, 1910.3 6. AT THE TIME FRESH CONCRETE IS SAMPLED TO FABRICATE SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH ASTM C 172, ASTM C 31, ACI 318: TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TEST, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE X 5.6, 5.8 1910.10 CONCRETE 7. INSPECTION OF CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE PLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATION X ACI 318: 5.9, 5.10 1910.6, 1910.7, 1910.8 TECHNIQUES B. INSPECTION FOR MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES - X ACI 318: 5.11-5.13 1910.9 9. INSPECTION OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE A. APPLICATION OF PRESTRESSING FORCES ACI 318: 18.20 B. GROUTING OF BONDED PRESTRESSING TENDONS IN THE SEISMIC FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEM ACI 318: 18.18.4 10. ERECTION OF PRECAST CONCRETE MEMBERS. ACI 318: CH. 16 11. VERIFICATION OF IN -SITU CONCRETE STRENGTH, PRIOR TO STRESSING OF TENDONS IN POST -TENSIONED CONCRETE AND PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF SHORES AND FORMS FROM BEAMS - - ACI 318: 6.2 AND STRUCTURAL SLABS. 12. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION, AND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED ACI 318: 6.1.1 FREQUENCY OF INSPECTION VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION REFERENCED STANDARD IBC REFERENCE CONTINUOUS PERIODIC COLD -FORMED STEEL SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE 1705.11.3 1. INSPECTION DURING WELDING OPERATIONS OF ELEMENTS OF THE SEISMIC -FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEM 2. INSPECTIONS FOR SCREW ATTACHMENT, BOLTING, ANCHORING AND OTHER FASTENING OF X COMPONENTS WITHIN THE SEISMIC -FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEM 2 0 DIAGONAL 362S162-43MIL (33KSI) @ 5' O.C. EA, WALL AROUND PERIMETER OF LIGHT GAGE FRAMING 10'-0" LONG COLLECTOR 362T125-43, COPE FLANGES @ INTERM. SUPPORTS, FASTEN DECK CONT 362T125-33 TO COLLECTOR WITH EXTREME EDGE FASTENING VERTICAL STUDS 362S162-33 @ 16" O.C. PATTERN SPECIFIED IN DECK NOTES TYP. SUPPORT WALLS SPACED @ 5'-0" O.C. 21/2" THICK NWT CONC. OVER 22 GAGE 11/2" CONFORM DECK REINF. W/ 6x6-W1,4xW1.4 WWR (4" TOTAL THICKNESS) :}, ...,-,:::.;�.: ;,..,•:.; : ~ :; #4 CONT @ SLAB EDGE ° LT GA POUR STOP, BY DECK SUPPLIER ° REF ARCH o 1 EXISTING SLAB �� I I I III (I j lI 362T125-43 TRACK W/ 0.145"0 SIMPSON PDPW @ 6" O.C. MAX (1 EMBED INTO SLAB) PLATFORM FRAMING SCALE: N.T.S. DIAGONAL 362S162-43MIL (33KSI) @ 5' O.C. EA. WALL AROUND PERIMETER OF LIGHT GAGE FRAMING CONT 362T125-33--\ VERTICAL STUDS 362S162-33 @ 16" O.C. TYP. SUPPORT WALLS SPACED @ 5'-0" O.C. m PLATFORM FRAMING SCALE: N.T.S. (3)#12 TEK SCREWS, EA FLANGE [(6) TOTAL] TYP EA END OF BRACE 21/2" THICK NWT CONC. OVER 22 GAGE 1 1/2" CONFORM DECK REINF. W/ 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWR (4" TOTAL THICKNESS) Az:::_-44 CONT @ SLAB EDGE LT GA POUR STOP, BY DECK SUPPLIER CORRECTION LTR#�- Lr REF ARCH SLAB OCT 13 2015 TUIKYVk A PUBLIC WORKS Z1. -362T125-43 TRACK W/ 0.145"0 SIMPSON PDPW @ 6" O.C. MAX (1" EMBED INTO SLAB) BTWN BRACE AND END WALL (3)#12 TEK SCREWS, EA FLANGE [(6) TOTAL] TYP EA END OF BRACE CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 0 9.2015 PERMIT CENTER -1 O LUl o PLATFORM FRAMING SCALE: N.T.S. (3)#12 TEK SCREWS, EA FLANGE [(6) TOTAL] TYP EA END OF BRACE 21/2" THICK NWT CONC. OVER 22 GAGE 1 1/2" CONFORM DECK REINF. W/ 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWR (4" TOTAL THICKNESS) Az:::_-44 CONT @ SLAB EDGE LT GA POUR STOP, BY DECK SUPPLIER CORRECTION LTR#�- Lr REF ARCH SLAB OCT 13 2015 TUIKYVk A PUBLIC WORKS Z1. -362T125-43 TRACK W/ 0.145"0 SIMPSON PDPW @ 6" O.C. MAX (1" EMBED INTO SLAB) BTWN BRACE AND END WALL (3)#12 TEK SCREWS, EA FLANGE [(6) TOTAL] TYP EA END OF BRACE CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 0 9.2015 PERMIT CENTER -1 O LUl o 0 0 L i W �nnll 1�J i U � O O 0 0 IL 1- m LO ,Uj V � O N ZD m z E- L U -7 0 LU CL rO v � z z N - U) U 0� Ina 00�3 Z o LIJ ? 02 ,- FrLU V W 0- CU C3 N L. N �n D U N •� M N C to B OR -1� 0u: r� y d U o N � p:s■ N a 0, C* 1a N m t0 C M 0! C_ uI W N 707- Revisions CITY COMMENTS 0 0 OcTFk#-VIEWED FC R CODECOMPLIA14CE A APPROVED A OCT 21 2015 0 0 City of Tukwil A BUILDING DIVIS ON SE ', i r 2Q I Y �V,r A. PE Drawn By Checked By 4 O-i W y �V MJK KLF co BRITT PETERS Scale Date .. J J/� A N D __ ASSOCIATES N.T.S. 19 JUN 2015 �3 � N 0, consulting engineers Job NO. 8272 w� ��r0 FallsPark Dr. 14225 RF b� CISTER Suite 60101 LC�, G`� Sj�IVAI. E� Greenville, SC 29601 (864) 271-8869 Sheet No. "' Fax (864) 233-5140 www.brittpeters.ccm ' BPA Job No. 150396 ^ O • O J r �k PLAN SCALE: 1 X=1'-0" .J (:) W 0 N O N W -� ry W N U r) 0 0 0 � ry r 11-- m l cn 1v W LO 0 T- o iv N m Z �-- Z Z) W Q --) W n L 0 Z � W "� O Z () o Q (n 0 m Z < 3 L1 1c= O Z .0 (� o Z O w wM ry u_ n cu 4—a 0 N L� 00 y W) N M C N ■ ; CR A/ f ` }� a0 ULL i� N NC.) y aD N p N CU m co C: W (�) N Revisions 0 A 0 A 0 REVIEWED FOF� CODE COMPLIAtJr,E OCT 21 2015 City of `iukwilc' BUILDING DIVIS RECEIVED ,. (OF TUMILA , st1 3EP 012015 IMIT. CENTER SEP, if/ i B R I TT PETERS Drawn By Checked By A N 0 MJK EFS A S S O C I A T E S Scale Date i N 0. N.T.S. 19 JUN 2015 consulting engineers 101 Falls Park Drive Job No. Suite 601 14225 Greenville, SC 29601 (864) 271-8869 Sheet No. Fax (864) 233-5140 WWW.Dnttpeters.com c 1 •O BPA Job No. 150396 3 J LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE Im® TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG DESCRIPTION LAMPS MOUNTING VOLTS WATTS LFOA LITON LT-526-B (1) SORAA MR16-50-803-120-927-25 TRACK 120 10 LFOB LITON LT-526-B ® (1) SORAA MR16-50-BO3-120-927-25 TRACK 120 10 LFOC LITON LT-526-B LONG CORD =p (1) SORAA MR16-50-BO3-120-927-60 TRACK 120 10 LF6 ELITE BHVR6INC-12/ 6101-CL-WH LED26DP38S830/25 RECESSED 120 26 LF7 HALO H99TAT/945 LED7DP20B827/20HO RECESSED 120 7 LF11 PROGRESS P5741-31BL ACCULAMP ALEBR40 SURFACE 120 17 LF19 LITON LH991CA-LLF-GU24 (1) LRELD402SN RECESSED 120 13 LF42 VARALUZ 9121730-20 (1) GE LEDIIDAV3/827 TRACK 120 11 LF42A VARALUZ 9121730-20 (1) GE LEDIIDAV3/827 TRACK 120 11 LF428 VARALUZ 9121730-15 (1) GE LEDIIDAV3/827 TRACK 120 11 LF42C VARALUZ 9121730-10 (1) GE LEDIIDAV3/827 TRACK 120 11 LF50 TECH LIGHTING 700FJFIRFRC ® CK001 I-FJ-SC 700FJHASPB (1) 35W XENON (INCLUDED) TRACK 12 35 LF51 TECH LIGHTING 700FJFIRFKS m CK001 I-FJ-SC 700FJHASPB (1) 35W XENON (INCLUDED) TRACK 12 35 LF52 TECH LIGHTING 700MOSS604C (1) SORRA MR16-50-B01-12-927-2 TRACK 12 10 LF60 SAPPHIRE CUSTOM BOTTLE PENDANT MR16 LAMPS CEILING 120 150 LF65 TWICEBRIGHT SL12011-WH BS (1) 7W LED CEILING 120 7 LF68 LITON LIGHTING LRCLD802WWF-100-R12-DIN-T30; 800L 30K LED INCLUDED CEILING 120 12 -I. YYHLKL IYit Mtla'1AN1l:AL UtJ1GN VI1L1LtJ A I"LtNVM KtIUKN A1K 35. ALL CONDUIT &OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE CEILING DESIGN', ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED WITHIN SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ABSOLUTELY NO THE PLENUM RETURN CEILING MUST MEET THE FLAME SPREAD AND EQUIPMENT MAY BE SUPPORTED FROM THE CEILING. ANY Aiken.- UM LIAAIIICAnT11DCn WTTU A LICTAI UnIICTMn UrCT TUTc DCnHTDCLICAIT AAIn MATERIAL RATINGS. X,,-,,,-*-,,--,,-,'' IS DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE DOCUMENTS &CANNOT BE 45. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ACCURATELY DETERMINED WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE FULL SET EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED AND/OR AS m INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES SHALL BE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ACCORDING TO NEC AND LOCAL CODE OF DOCUMENTS., REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, REQUIREMENTS. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES ABOVE CONDUITS, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ETC. THAT ARE NOT iHOWN AND ARE ® VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT, LOCATION, FINISH, AND COLOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ALL LUMINAIRES SHALL BE AIMED PER THE THE CEILING T0. PROVIDE THE GREATEST POSSIBLE CLEARANCE FOR REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. ARCHITECT'S REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE A TIME TO MEET WITH THE OWNER & ARCHITECT TO AIM/ ADJUST LUMINAIRES. ALL LUMINAIRES USED FOR INSTALLATION OF &FUTURE CHANGES IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 46. PHASING OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION SHALL FOLLOW THAT OF THE DECOR ARE TO BE MOUNTED AS CLOSE TO TRACK AS POSSIBLE -NO EXTENSIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONDUIT &PIPE TO BE RUN TO MAXIMIZE USE OF CEILING SPACE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL WORK ® PADDLE FAN SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. FOR ANY FUTURE WORK. WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF ® LUMINAIRE SHALL HAVE A SELF-CONTAINED BATTERY BACK-UP RATED FOR A MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTES OF OPERATION. 13. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT THE OWNER. ® EXIT LIGHT WITH APPROPRIATE MOUNTING, NUMBER OF FACES, PANEL COLOR AND ARROW DIRECTION BASED ON EACH FIXTURES LOCATION, APPLICATION 0 IGHTING FIXTURES &ANY OTHER E UIPMENT PLACEMENT F L 4 47. WHERE ITEMS ARE SHOWN HATCHED, ITEMS ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. INSTALLED IN CEILING SYSTEM. PRIOR TO FRAMING, CONTRACTOR ALONG WITH THEIR AS50CIATED BOXES, CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, ® NOT USED. SHALL VERIFY WEIGHT OF DECORATIVE FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECT OR SUPPORTS, AND HANGERS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. m PROVIDE JUNO DUAL CIRCUIT TRACK IN LENGTHS AS REQUIRED PER PLAN. TRACK IS TO BE MOUNTED LEVEL, TIGHT TO DECK. PROVIDE ALL OWNER AND SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FRAMING AS REQUIRED FOR 48. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE REMOVED NECESSARY LIVE END CONNECTORS, STRAIGHT CONNECTORS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS, JOINERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT. IN THEIR ENTIRETY. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL 6/EO.O FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TRACK IS TO BE POWERED THROUGH CURRENT LIMITING END -FEEDS AND CIRCUIT 14. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PLACEMENT OF ALL DEVICES SHOWN ON BREAKERS. THE ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL, RACEWAYS WHICH ARE INSTALLED IN OR BELOW FLOORS OR WITHIN ® ALL LUMIAIRES SHALL BE FURNISHED BY VILLA LIGHTING AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, &KITCHEN DRAWINGS PRIOR TO FINAL WALLS MAY BE ABANDONED, BUT ALL OVERHEAD OR EXPOSED RACEWAYS ® LIGHT STRIPS IN 2', 4', 6', & 8' LENGTHS, 2.43 WATTS PER FOOT AT INPUT OF TRANSFORMER. 50' MAX. LENGTH PER TRANSFORMER. LISTED AS PLACEMENT. KITCHEN DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENT. SHALL BE REMOVED. EXPOSED RACEWAYS TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE REMOVED AND SHALL BE CUT CHISELED AT LEAST 2' INTO THE COMPLYING WITH UL 1598 & CSA C22.2 NO. 250, LUMINAIRES CATEGORY LISTING NO. E212177, SUITABLE FOR WET (OUTDOOR) LOCATIONS. REFER 15. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL PARTS ARE INCLUDED WITH WALL OR FLOOR AND THE OPENING GROUTED SMOOTH. NI TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXACT METHODS OF INSTALLING TRANSFORMERS AND LED STRIP LIGHTS. SEE POWER PLAN (E1.2) FOR OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT &REPORT ANY MISSING ITEMS. 49. THE OWNER SHALL HAVE SALVAGE RIGHTS TO ANY ITEMS THAT ARE TO TRANSFORMER RECEPTACLES. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 16. REFER TO SHEET 'E0.0' FOR ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND. BE DEMOLISHED. THOSE ITEMS THAT THE OWNER WISHES TD SALVAGE ® FIXTURES SHALL INCLUDE HEX LOUVER ACCESSORY SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVED AND STORED IN A LOCATION AS ® PROVIDE TRACK MOUNTING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON FLOOR PLAN. VERIFY LENGTH OF TRACK WITH LIGHTING LAYOUT. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCREASE CONDUCTOR SIZE ACCORDINGLY WITH DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. ALL OTF�R ITEMS OF DEMOLITION SHALL ® MONOPOINT MOUNTED PENDANTS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH "FUSION JACK CANOPY WITH 4" ROUND FLUSH" MODEL # CKO011-FJ-S, TRACK MOUNTED NEC TABLE 310.16 IN CASES WHERE VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDS 3% BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED PENDANTS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH "FREEJACK TRACK ADAPTER" MODEL # 700FJHASPB 18. EXPOSED CONDUIT AT THE OPEN CEILING SHALL BE HELD TIGHT TO FROM THE SITE. ® PROVIDE WITH LOW -VOLTAGE FILIX DRIVER #0T96WJ24V/UNV/JBX STRUCTURE, RAN AT RIGHT ANGLES TO STRUCTURE, &LOCATED SO 50. WHERE DEMOLITION WORK WILL INTERRUPT CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO AS TO KEEP IT AS INCONSPICUOUS AS POSSIBLE. OTHER AREAS OF THE FACILITY THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION, LIGHT FIXTURES WILL BE FURNISHED BY VILLA LIGHTING. (THROUGH RED ROBIN NATIONAL ACCOUNT 19. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO ASSEMBLE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. THEN RACEWAY AND WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN THOSE LIGHTING VENDOR). NOTE: VILLA LIGHTING IS THE NATIONAL ACCOUNT LIGHTING VENDOR FOR RED 20. ALL PADDLE FANS SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AREAS IN COMPLETE OPERATION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE ANY INTERRUPTIONS WITH THE OWNER AT ROBIN. CONTACT IS DANIEL LUDWIG PH: (800)-325-0963 EXT. 133 AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC AND RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. LEAST TWO WEEKS PRIOR AND ACCOMMODATE THE OWNER'S NEEDS AS REQUIRED. EMAIL ADDRESS: DLUDWIG@VILLALIGHTING.COM. 21. ALL POWER CONDUITS SHALL HAVE 2-#12 AND 1-#12 GROUND IN 51. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED TO 1/2" CONDUIT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE POWER TO REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL # DR PLEXINEON ADV10OW24V TRE300 TECH LIGHTING 70OAT300EL 22. DEVICES SHALL BE COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE OR BETTER. LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BEING REMOVED. 23. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LAMPS NOT INCLUDED WITH 52. WHERE EXISTING DEVICE OR JUNCTION BOXES MUST REMAIN IN LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE LAMPS SHALL BE OSRAM SYLVANIA, PHILLIPS EXISTING WALLS OR CEILINGS (SUCH AS FOR CIRCUITS THAT MUST OR GE. SUBMIT CUT SHEETS FOR LAMPS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO OTHER AREAS), THEN THEY SHALL BE FITTED PROVIDE SHATTER SHIELDS, LENSED FIXTURES OR PROTECTED LAMPS WITH BLANK COVRPLATES. 53. WHERE DISTRIBUTION OR BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT (PANELBOARDS, (NOT INCLUDED WITH LIGHTING PACKAGE) ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, SWITCHBOARDS, ETC.) IS TO BE REMOVED, THEN ALL CIRCUITS WORK AND STORAGE AREAS. WHICH FEED ITEMS TO REMAIN SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO NEW 24. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SHALL MEET ALL LOCAL CODES AND DISTRIBUTION OR BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT. REFER ALL ORDINANCES. EACH EMERGENCY FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 4UESTIONS TO THE A/E FOR CLARIFICATION. A MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTES OF EMERGENCY -BATTERY BACK-UP 54. EXISTINIG PANEL DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED TO ACCURATELY POWER. REFLECT CONDITIONS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. UNUSED CIRCUIT 25• REFR TO SHEET 'A5.1' FOR LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. BREAKERS SHALL BE LABELED AS "SPARE." 26. REFER TO SHEET 'E0.0' FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTES. 55. THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION 27. CONNECT EMERGENCY FIXTURES TO UNSWITCHED SIDE OF LOCAL THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTORS IN THE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND TEMPORARILY LIGHTING CIRCUIT PRIOR TO ANY SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, OR REPLACED WITH HEAT DETECTORS WHEN THE SPACE IS STAFFED BY DIMMERS PER NEC 700.12(f). TFE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROVED FIRE SAFETY 28• ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES WITHIN THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES OF THE OWNER AND THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL, BUT SHALL BE REPAIRED TO A LIKE -NEW CONDITION, THOUROUGHLY SHALL BE REACTIVATED WHENEVER THE SPACE IS NOT OCCUPIED BY CLEANED, AND RELAMPED. COORDINATE WITH VILLA LIGHTING. ANY THE CONTRACTOR. AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR SHALL PROTECTED FROM DUST AND DIRT ACCUMULATION BY REMOVING THE BE REPLACED WITH AN IDENTICAL LIGHT FIXTURE. DEVICE FROM ITS BASE DURING THOSE TIMES WHEN TFE SYSTEM IS 29• ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL ALLOWED TO BE OUT OF OPERATION. CODE AND ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 56. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (I.E. ASBESTOS, PCB'S, ETC.) ARE --- -- CAI!`N IAITCDCn AT AAIV TT11C nI IDTAI!` nnA1CTDl InTT nAI TAI TUC WnDI! 1'IiltRt M11V1MUM I,VUE REVVIKEMEIVIJ ARE r- L-EUEu DI inc- REQUIREMENTS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND ON AREA, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY AND CONTACT THE A/E OR THE ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND (SOME MAY NOT BE USED) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ® PANELBOARD, UTILITY POWER -OJ WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX ® SWITCHBOARD, UTIILLITY POWER R QJ FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX g METER AND SOCKET QC CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX -e WALL MOUNTED SINGLE RECEPTACLE C CEILING MOUNTED PHOTOCELL ZQ WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE $MOD RATECD WHENTUSED FORNMOTORDCONTTROLOORI DISCIHORSEPOWER MEANS. SWISTODIFIERS. INCLUDING COMBINATIONS THEREOF: Z@ WALL MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 3: 3-WAY (SPOT). 4: 4-WAY. D: DIMMER. F: BOX COVER UNIT BUSSMANN SSU OR STY SERIES. G: GLOW HANDLE (HANDLE GLOWS WHEN SWITCH IS OFF). H: HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED. K: KEY OPERATED. M: MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER WITH OVERLOAD HEATER. OS1: OCCUPANCY SENSOR. OS2: DUAL -RELAY OCCUPANCY SENSOR. P: PILOT LIGHT (PILOT ON WHEN SWITCH IS ON). T. TIMER. VS: VACANCY SENSOR. LV. LOW VOLTAGE. OT: OVERRIDE WITH TIMER. WP: WEATHERPROOF DTC: SPDT CENTER OFF MAINTAINED CONTACT. DTM: SPDY, CENTER OFF. MOMENTARY CONTACT. LOWERCASE LETTER: CONTROL LUMINAIRE WITH SAME LETTER. WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ONE RECEPTACLE SWITCHED O FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE F FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ® FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE 00 CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE -'®OR-(® WALLAS MOUNTED SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, NEMA CONFIGURATION WALL MOUNTED RANGE RECEPTACLE, NEMA 14-50R UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE -Ct WALL LLM MOUNTED SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, NEMA CONFIGURATION ED A PEDESTAL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE I'ZXXAX FUSES SAFETY SWITCH, SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN o MULTI -OUTLET ASSEMBLY r(r- CORD AND PLUG XXAX FUSES COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH, SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN ,V MOTOR ,--, BRANCH CIRCUITING, CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING m TELEPHONE OUTLET, FLOOR ,,-- --�, BRANCH CIRCUITING, CONCEALED IN OR UNDER FLOOR ®C TELEPHONE OUTLET, CEILING BRANCH CIRCUITING, EXPOSED ® TELEPHONE OUTLET, WALL Fll;-1c.� HOMERUN TO PANEL. THE NUMBER 0 ARROWS INDICATES THE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS.TWOWIRES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. GROUND WIRE IS REQUIRED BUT NOT COUNTED IN HASH MARKS. 0 DATA OUTLET, FLOOR ❑O C DATA OUTLET, CEILING CONDUITSTUB 0 DATA OUTLET, WALL O CIRCUIT TURNING UP Em COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET FLOOR R Ar CIRCUIT TURNING DOWN �C COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET, CEILING E BELL V COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET, WALL Ili' BUZZER ® 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, SIRE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS E� CHIME [TV] TELEVISION OUTLET, FLOOR O SPEAKER, CEILING �TV TELEVISION OUTLET, CEILING -QS SPEAKER, WALL TELEVISION OUTLET, WALL OG SPEAKER, GROUND -MOUNTED [a PUSHBUTTON STATION, ONE BUTTON VC VOLUME CONTROL •• PUSHBUTTON STATION, TWO BUTTON AMP SOUND SYSTEM AMPLIFIER ••• PUSHBUTTON STATION, THREE BUTTON ® LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL TRANSFORMER ® RELAY TC AUTOMATIC TIMECLOCK PC PHOTOCELL FFAE-Pj FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 01 FIRE ALARM HORN, LL OUNTED EVAC FIRE ALARM VOICE EVA UAT10N PANEL 04 FIRE ALARM SPEAKER, WALL MOUNTED FF-A-A-1 FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR no FIRE ALARM STROBE, WALL MOUNTED ZAM 1 FIRE ALARM ZONE ADDRESSABLE MODULE 9K FIRE ALARM COMBINATION HORN AND STROBE, WALL MOUNTED ❑ FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULLSTATION FIRE ALARM COMBINATION SPEAKER AND STROBE, WALL MOUNTED -0 AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR, WALL MOUNTED DIC FIRE ALARM HORN, CEILING MOUNTED ® AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR, CEILING MOUNTED Lr 4C FIRE ALARM SPEAKER, CEILING MOUNTED 0D AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR,MOUNTED, AND FIRE ALARM RELAY INTEGRAL ORCFIELD-INSTALLED) ®C FIRE ALARM STROBE, CEILING MOUNTED RTS DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR REMOTE TEST SWITCH ENC AIND ALARMSTROBCOMBINATION OMBINATI O HORN -� AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTOR, WALL MOUNTED C AND STROBE, EIILIINGTMOUNTEDKER QD AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTOR, CEILING MOUNTED PIV SUPERVISED POSTLINDICATOR VALVE F FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH lDD FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM BELL F MONITORING SYSTEM TAMPER SWITCH CONNECTION N Q• FIRE ALARM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER THESE DRAWINGS, THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL OWNER. 57. REMOVE CABLING BACK TO SOURCE FOR ALL TEL/DATA OUTLETS BEING TAKE PRECEDENCE. (IN THE CASE OF CODE CONFLICT REMOVED. DIRECTION SHALL BE TAKEN FROM THE MORE STRICT OF THE 58. LUMINAIRES MARKED "E" ARE EXISTING LUMINAIRES THAT ARE TO CONFLICTING CODES). REMAIN IN PLACE. ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES WITHIN THE LIMITS 30. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND DF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED TO A LIKE -NEW CONDITION, BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ALL THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND RELAMPED. ANY EXISTING LUMINAIRES OTHER FACTORS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THE THAT ARE DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH AN WORK. INCLUDE ALL RELATED COSTS IN THE INITIAL BID IDENTICAL LUMINAIRE. PROPOSAL. 59. LUMINAIRES MARKED "RR" ARE EXISTING LUMINAIRES THAT ARE TO 31. CONCEAL ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING AND RACEWAYS WHERE BE OR HAVE BEEN RELOCATED. ALL LUMINAIRES DESIGNATED FOR CONSTRUCTION PERMITS. EXPOSED HORIZONTAL RACEWAY RUNS RELOCATION SHALL BE DISCONNECTED FROM EXISTING BRANCH ON ROOF IN EXCESS OF 5 FEET ARE NOT PERMITTED. EXPOSED CIRCUIT, REMOVED FROM EXISTING AREA, STORED, REPAIRED TO A RACEWAY IS PERMITTED WHERE STRUCTURE IS EXPOSED TO VIEW LIKE -NEW CONDITION, INSTALLED IN REMODELED AREA, AND IN THESE LOCATIONS CAREFULLY INSTALL RACEWAYS RECONNECTED, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND RELAMPED. ANY PARALLEL TO WALLS, BEAMS, AND COLUMNS. RELOCATED LUMINAIRES THAT ARE DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR SHALL BE 32. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, AND LIGHTING REPLACED WITH AN IDENTICAL LUMINAIRE. FIXTURES SHALL BE ANCHORED OR SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. 33. VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF ALL RECEPTACLES, LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, CONDUIT STUB -UPS, SIGNS, ETC. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEDULE SYMBOL OCCUPANCY SENSOR MFR./MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPTION/FUNC110N WATTSTOPPER #DT-300 WITH #BZ50 DIGITAL DUAL TECHNOLOGY (PASSIVE INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC) CEILING 0CEILING OS -MOUNTED OCCUPANCY POWER PACK, OR EQUAL, UNLESS OCCUPANCY SENSOR TURNS LIGHTS ON AND OFF BASED ON OCCUPANCY; SENSOR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY NOTED OTHERWISE INTEGRAL PHOTOSENSOR PREVENTS LIGHTS FROM TURNING ON WHEN ADEQUATE NATURAL LIGHT IS AVAILBLE 120V OR 277V SINGLE RELAY WALL SWITCH SENSOR AUTOMATICALLY TURNS S1 WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR - ON/OFF WATTSTOPPER #DSW-100 OR EQUAL, ALL LIGHTS ON AND OFF BASED ON OCCUPANCY; MANUAL SWITCH OVERRIDES AUTOMATIC FUNCTION UNTIL NEXT AUTOMATIC EVENT; INTEGRAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PHOTOSENSOR PREVENTS LIGHTS FROM TURNING ON WHEN ADEQUATE NATURAL LIGHT IS AVAILBLE 120V OR 277V DUAL RELAY WALL SWITCH SENSOR AUTOMATICALLY TURNS PARTIAL LIGHTING ON BASED ON OCCUPANCY AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS; $OS2 WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY WATTSTOPPER #DSW-200 OR EQUAL, MANUAL SWITCH TURNS REMAINING LIGHTING ON AS INDICATED ON THE SENSOR, DUAL RELAY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PLANS, WALL SWITCH SENSOR TURNS ALL LIGHTING OFF AFTER TIMEOUT; INTEGRAL PHOTOSENSOR PREVENTS LIGHTS FROM TURNING ON WHEN ADEQUATE NATURAL LIGHT IS AVAILBLE ABBREVIATIONS AND MODIFIERS (SOME MAY NOT BE USED) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE BF BELOW FLOOR NIC NOT IN CONTRACT UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NON-F 3ED N.F. GFCI GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GFPE GROUND -FAULT PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW 3PST THREE POLE, SINGLE THROW 4PST FOUR POLE, SINGLE THROW SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW 3PDT THREE POLE, DOUBLE THROW 4PDT FOUR POLE, DOUBLE THROW NO NORMALLY OPEN NC NORMALLY CLOSED GND GROUND EGC EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IGC ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR • GEC GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION A/E ARCHITECT/ENGINEER NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 0 (NFPA 7 ) NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS FACT RERS ASSOCIATION UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES NRTL NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY +XX" MOUNTING HEIGHT MODIFIER LC LOCKABLE IN CLOSED POSITION MODIFIER LO LOCKABLE IN OPEN POSITION MODIFIER ST SHUNT TRIP MODIFIER EM EMERGENCY OR EMERGENCY LIGHT MODIFIER NL UNSWITCHED NIGHTLIGHT LUMINAIRE MODIFIER WP WEATHERPROOF MODIFIER RS RIGID STEM MOUNT (PEDESTAL FROM FLOOR) MODIFIER RP RIGID PENDANT MOUNT (FROM CEILING) MODIFIER DC DROP CORD MOUNT (FROM CEILING) MODIFIER PT POKE-THRU MODIFIER H HORIZONTAL MOUNT MODIFIER HG HOSPITAL GRADE MODIFIER TR TAMPER RESISTANT MODIFIER IG ISOLATED GROUND MODIFIER IF ILLUMINATED FACE MODIFIER P PILOT LIGHT MODIFIER SP SURGE PROTECTION MODIFIER GFCI GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER MODIFIER AFCI ARC -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER MODIFIER SR SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE MOUNTED WITHIN 18 INCHES OF TOP OF SHOW WINDOW CR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE MODIFIER O LLJ Q N 0 q# L- W Q) n. 0 - O 0 O V) OL- V) LU ry LU F- 0 i o r V Z T- 0:� 06 N m v) z LU J 0 3 ,, W� ca � � L- 0 CL r) w � 00 ?�0, U m .- Q O 3 W0d U :5; Uj Uj 0 3 LU W W - F� CL IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII © O C •Ch V C u (U sa .0 i c; r. ,4 RECEIVED'° f0 CITY OF TUKWILA O SEP 0,11 2015 M %O o PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL AND KITCHEN Y i DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O r- 34. INSTALL GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE IN ALL POWER AND 3 In BRANCH CIRCUIT.RACEWAYS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS). P E RI�IIT CENTER �,^ 5 O O CO 3 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND NOTES 2 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1 SYMBOLS LEGEND SCALE: NONE I SCALE: NONE I FILENA.MF. SCALE: NONE Revisions ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CONTINUED THE WORK INCLUDES PROVIDING NEW MATERIALS, FIXTURES, DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY ALL CONDUIT AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH SEPARATE GREEN EQUIPMENT VtEwED FOR FOR A COMPLETE FUNCTIONING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GROUND CONDUCTOR. CONDUIT SYSTEM IS NOT TO BE USED AS THE SOLE GROUNDING MEANS. (WE COMPLIANCE LOCAL CODES OR ORDINANCES AND SUBJECT TO INSPECTION. CONDUCTORS: INSULATED SOFT ANNEALLED 98% PURE COPPER WITH COLOR CODING, B ANDS APPROVED SLOPING ROOF DECK COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS APPLYING TO ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND WITH THE MOST RECENT GAGE, #10 AND SMALLER TO BE SOLID, #8 AND LARGER TO BE STRANDED, MINIMUM #12 UNLESS EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ADA, APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF OTHER NFPA, OSHA, OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. THHN SHALL NOT BE USED �CT 2 1 2015 LIFE SAFETY CODES AND RECOMMENDATIONS, AND THE INTERIM AMENDMENTS IN EFFECT AT THE UNDERGROUND, AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, OUTSIDE, OR IN WET LOCATIONS. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE Q TIME OF THE PROPOSAL. ALL MATERIALS USED SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE RATED FOR 600 V AND TYPES AS FOLLOWS: STANDARDS ESTABLISHED BY THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INCORPORATED. . Q CURRENT CIRCUIT 10 AND SMALLER: THWN OR THHN LIMITING NUMBER THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS IS TO INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED FOR THE g TO #4/0: THWN OR THHN PROJECT. THE DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, SHOWING THE LOCATION, TYPE, SERVICE ENTRANCE: USE-RHW gity Of Tukwila AMPERAGE THREADED ROD ATTACHED TO DECK DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT OVER 4/0 ORDINARY SERVICE: THHN OR XHHN MEASUREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL FIXTURES, DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, OFFSETS, AND MATERIALS OVER 4/0 WEI OR HOT SERVICE: XHHW 4A P4-28 NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THE SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE WIRE THRU FLUORESCENT FIXTURES OR WITHIN 3' OF HEATING EQUIPMENT: THHN 9A P4-30 TRACK PARALLEL TO FLOOR, EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS. oT� 5A P4-32 TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF 1211 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING. ALLOWANCES DEVICES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY LEVITON "INDUSTRIAL GRADE" OR EQUAL. STANDARD DUPLEX P.� SC, BRANCH DUCTWORK, WITH ARE TO BE INCLUDED FOR UNFORESEEN EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT MAY EFFECT THE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDING TYPE, 20A, NEMA WD-2 STANDARD 5-20R, SIDE WIRED, pF WAS$I�U 5A P4-34 INCREASING DISTANCE TO CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE OF WORK. MINOR DEVIATIONS REQUIRED FOR ACCOMPLISHING THE INTENT OF LEVITON #5342. LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 AMP, 120 VOLT, LEVITON #1221-2. WHERE 0 S • , 0 6A P4-36 DECK AS PITCH RISES. THIS DESIGN IS TO BE INCLUDED IN THIS ALLOWANCE. SWITCHES ARE GROUPED, PROVIDE SINGLE MULTI -GANG PLATES. �% Y.�I O n 6A P4-31 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. ANY ITEM SPECIAL PLATES: PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL PLATES AT ALL RECEPTACLES AND LIGHT SWITCHES �00 - I x r`. 8A P4-33 O SECTION OF TRACK DAMAGED BY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY AND AT NO COST TO THE INSTALLED IN THE KITCHEN, WORK AREA, STORAGE ROOMS, AND CHECK IN -OUT AREA. Ur k CC�JJ 9A P4-35 *TRACK PARALLEL TO FLOOR OWNER. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW MATERIALS IMMEDIATELY UPON TIME OF DELIVERY AND .1 IMMEDIATELY REPORT ANY DAMAGED OR MISSING PIECES. , ELECTRICAL DESIGN HAS BEEN BASED ON THE INSTALLATION OF 75'C CONDUCTORS CONNECTED TO 31LSI , 2A P4-2 TERMINAL LUGS AND EQUIPMENT, U.L. LISTED FOR A MINIMUM 75'C. CONDUCTORS TERMINATED ON LAYOUT BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND ARRANGEMENT OF HOME RUNS FOR MAXIMUM ECONOMY AND �O CIS ?. . ZA P4-4 TRANSFORMER EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES WITH A LOWER RATING (60'C) OR NO RATING SHOWN, SHALL HAVE EFFICIENCY. INCREASE WIRE SIZE IF VOLTAGE DROP EXCEEDS 3% OR 100 FEET OF LENGTH. CONDUCTOR SIZE INCREASED TO CONFORM TO NEC TABLE 310.16 AND U.L. NO. 489 CONCEAL WIRING SYSTEM ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR IN WALL OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION j0 ' I REEJACK REQUIREMENTS. WHERE POSSIBLE. INSTALL CONDUITS PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES, AND TO CLEAR ALL OPENING . ; FEMALE CONNECTOR CABINETS SHALL BE ONE PIECE CODE GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH MOUNTING STUDS, WIRING DEPRESSIONS, PIPES, DUCTS, STRUCTURE, ETC. 1. • GUTTERS OF AMPLE SIZE AND KNOCKOUTS FOR CONDUIT CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. BUS BARS tr. CURRENT LIMITING PANEL FIXTURE FREEJACK INSTALL CONDUIT CONTINUOUS BETWEEN BOXES AND CABINETS WITH NO MORE THAN FOUR 90 -.•, ote.• 22 '` SHALL BE 98% CONDUCTIVE COPPER, ALUMINUM, OR COPPER -CLAD ALUMINUM. FRONTS SHALL BE .,,.. '�'_..s...t PANEL MODEL#: JUNO CLS12 MALE CONNECTOR ONE PIECE CODE GAGE STEEL WITH ADJUSTABLE FASTENERS. PROVIDE A PLASTIC COVERED DEGREE BENDS. SECURELY FASTEN IN PLACE WITH STRAPS, HANGERS AND STEEL SUPPORTS AS cbA ' TYPEWRITTEN SCHEDULE IDENTIFYING ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS INSIDE EACH CABINET. RECESSED REQUIRED. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUIT FROM SUSPENDED CEILING GRID OR SUSPENSION WIRES. CABINETS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO 3/4" SPARE CONDUITS STUBBED UP TO REAM CONDUIT ENDS BEFORE INSTALLATION AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN BEFORE INSTALLATION.S7+ 2i LIGHT CORDS SHIPPED ALL THE SAME OPENINGS SHALL BE PLUGGED OR COVERED TO KEEP CONDUIT CLEAN. TERMINALS ON SWITCHES R LENGTH, CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. AND OUTLET SHALL NOT BE USED TO "FEED THRU" TO THE NEXT SWITCH OR OUTLET, CORDS TO APPROPRIATE LENGTH IF GROUNDING SYSTEM: PERMANENTLY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUND ALL METALLIC CONDUIT, SUPPORTS, ADJUSTING AND TESTING: ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ADJUSTED AND TESTED FOR NECESSARY CABINETS, PANELBOARDS AND SYSTEM NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EQUIPMENT PROPER OPERATION. COMPLETED WIRING SYSTEM SHALL BE FREE FROM SHORT CIRCUITS. GROUND THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM. GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE APPROVED TYPE, SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR GROUNDING. WHERE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IS ENCLOSED IN CONDUIT, GROUND TOUCH-UP OR REFINISH DAMAGED SURFACES OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO VIEW. CLAMP SHALL BE OF A TYPE WHICH GROUNDS BOTH CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT. ALL CIRCUITS IN REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LUMINAIRES AND FLEXIBLE METAL OR PLASTIC CONDUIT SHALL INCLUDE A GROUND WIRE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH OTHER CEILING MOUNTED KEQUIPMENT. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, Drawn By Checked By FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED TO COMPLY WITH NEC FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS VERIFY EXACT LOAD, TYPE OF CONNECTION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT FOR EACH BOX OR EQUIPMENT TLH GRS INSTALLED. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL METAL TUBING (EMT) MEETING FS W-0563, OR FLEXIBLE METAL ITEM TO BE INSTALLED. ALL HARD -WIRED CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH Scale Date CONDUIT (IN LENGTHS 6' OR LESS) FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS. EMT CONNECTORS AND COUPLING FLEXIBLE LIQUID TIGHT METAL CONDUIT WITH GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED SHALL BE SET -SCREW TYPE. CLAMP CONDUIT TO BOXES WITH BUSHING INSIDE AND LOCKNUT INSIDE RACEWAY. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE BONDED AT BOTH ENDS. NONE OUTSIDE. ("MC" & "AC" TYPE CABLES MAY BE USED IN NON- EXPOSED AREAS, EXCEPT IN THE Job No. BAR, EXPO, AND COOKLINE AREAS. "MC" & "AC" CABLE MAY ONLY BE USED WHERE ALLOWED BY 14225 STATE AND LOCAL CODES). Sheet No. 4 CURRENT LIMITING PANEL 6 LF50 AND LF51 DETAIL 5 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS EO.0 SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE \/ .1 I I- - I I- T _. / / __ ' I -- 1 / ,' / / -i - / / //// / / /' / // I i /' i , 1 L / / . I 1'� " / / /I I ,. I I " I I/ - , , / /' _ / / / / / II / - i" i LFSD - i I / ! ill' � i � / ' /. - - / / / / / ' ,J —(_. - LF19 LF19 / / ;' / / // / / r'I / / - Al I - " I / / / / / �, .. / ',/ I I � " I /I " 1/ . 1, � / '' / / ' �I �_ _=_I_,jjj I_ - / ----- // / . ), I , I LF19 LF19 f LF19 LF19 /' ; ' / /' - . _ - ,' / / / i ;%' "` ...... �_;. - , -' P4-4 / - - - - / - _ 1 / // / -- / / / /� / �`// /� / r I'l I l ! P 1 I I I LF11 LF11 LF11 LF11 LF11 / /" / / % / /LF50 _ --------- - --- / 11 , ii . . . ,- /; / /, / -- _ _ _ - --- _.. I ,_ j` L' I / .- `,LF7 a"LE7 i ,/ / ;' -- - _ i i/ 1 1ul 1u. r i' - I - - - I �- / _ _ J I I LF19 �� �i-6- D16 -- a6 , - D-9i0 I /! -- - - /" /� I I I �. 1 - ------ - I I ° ,Ij; / _ - _ _ /. C1 - �: LF dUl,: LF19 t'' // h - LFOA, 0 - LFOA -_ 0 (l LFt9 /'. _ - _ I,, �,�-- �_-LFOA_.-LSO--.'�LFOA_.__ _LFO,�� _ .... CF A__ LF A I I ,' - - F j, n n n7 LF50 r" 1 LF50 m'• m' m m m r n m 1, LFt � /' I , =`:;; .," i :, ��-- m,?.-� m'Ir :-. .i _n ,n --n ? I -_.n , -- - ... .-_ i j ,- / / LF B ~ I o o ( - _T�1.�1,_-i J I N _ _ /. o __- LF50 LF50 F50 LF50 LF50 LF50 LF50 LF7 LF7 - .- , LF50 ) , m I !1 I I ',.. P,-_. _ --_ _ _.._ - --- _.... _-_- _.--, !III I , L. , , LF7 / --- - ----- -- -- - - l - -- -. _. - - I I �, , _ _. --'- -- -= - - - - } --1 —� - —� —� � •I i' % . it I O �:�, I'I , i" t � , r , "++ /' to !_ J Ii51 1+� t I f, ti I ":P L KIi 11 LFOB --I'll '-" LFOB LFOB -- - - qti u' Y+ -- -- - m m t m:m n m m m,• m:, m m, m m7F�F m / I , P m , 1 ' ,m m � � • ,. ,ill ••Jn , , —a- -a � s N I I� �� � ,� I, l -T- F=fi�:.. _ .... O O 4t } - _ r a s ___ LF�- Lf50�:1 OC LFOC ;' 'O �.LFOC LFOC L OC L OC LFOC., LFOC -1 ,LFOC LFOC o % / -_ LFOC F LFOC LFO LFOC / C - -- 1 i / / / lii/ 1'' - - / j, .I / LF50 'I � � / / `i , illI: - U: / I � , IP , I I /, :LF7 4 ' I — —_ / / / i N''1 _ 4 _ _ _ i // J !i / \ WI/ , / I - _,- T „1 - r /: � I 0' - i / /' LF19 �,., 4 � i i,,! - I I / / II ' i /LF50 (i I L - /- - - - LFOLFOC':P �q LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC LFOC i' /' -- r- _c- -, _ = - _ ;III f I LF50 LF50 _... r r , ; ' ! m r m • % m •„ m 1: m l : , ; n + m m t. % m , n %m ', : m m ' _ I . ' - -- J n lf_ _ m _m_ __ m - m------m- ------ ---- ...-- --- -- J P4 33 __- - _ _._ .---- - 0 o l_ P4-31 P4-30 0 -_ _._. - _I _ 'I LFOB LF19 LFOB LFOB I M) I LF19 i LF19 i LF19 : ;' LF19 ---- ___ ---_- __. __ - ___. _..... -- rl _ XISTING'-- CURRENT - 1 L I IP 1.r I I 1![__�,_ I c O3 Q� 8 PANEL IMI771VG PAN t } -- - --= -- m - - --- j EL - Ii1..1 - 1 LF50 L_ l l i LF50 11 I j' _ 1 4-36 -0 - - - - ---- -- -- �_ P EXISTING ij I / -- - - - s tF7 - : ; LF50 r 'i _..- I'--1 _ k k co I'I N LF7 -_ j--- / _- �'; - - - I_ I, -I - P P4E I OB- I LFzPJj9 _. _ l LF1 9 0l I 11 :. . I ,. - - _- - - ---- --- - - -_. d O3 (_ L I L-�9' LF- I t t` - an = I J 1 - k C c _ I_ -- �k �' J I I_;- d I 5 - I d d - f�� 0 I,I LF50 LF50 o o `" `' LF50 11 L LF19 LF19 <D- <D P4-13.:CLEQ1� LF19 LF19 D-328H` I I I ll L 50 . l F 0 ! LF50 { 1 : I I k LF19 --�- ------------ ---- - - -' -- ----------- j p ! _ i I _ p-320 . d i • ? LFOA LFOA i ' : LFOA 1 � / ft, � I' - _ — tl J 2 - _ P4- �� 1. T d _ LF19 LdF19 LF19 LF19 LF19 LF19 I I I I - F 1 d d 0 - --- - 11' 3, - -- =?LFOB 11' LF19 -_.r!L OB 1 II C OB 'I l 11 �� j I; -� d P4- 5 _ _ __ �•,. O ! k� L 19 d 1 J� 1 III --'II I� v,ll II V IIj -II! iL-li ilk 1, LF I I I I it rs w �l �.; t I ® 9 ___ TR ._ -- I . 1 - _--,'I - _ - q1:; LFOB q .'LFOB q �J-LFOB� J -_ - J - i CONDARY i I d l �- - - - - I OB 11I iL 0 OB LFOB? ' - - L-_ -- - - _ F S _- q , LE - q - LF50 (.;il I DAYLIGHT - 1'' �''�`', I - LF50 LF �!' LFO T: - o ' ZONE - 9 LF19'- ` I L I'� L ill :I i �- IF= - ., — — — - - - c �I OBB `j j I , _._ :. t PRIMARY ---1 _- ' - - - - d - - - - - -- LF'I -DAYLIGHT d d J= _ ;_ J g li -- - I _ , -I ZONE FI 1;:;] -I = _... _.._ - - F19 'il OB il'I u�J 1g�/ 9, 4 v i 600 r F1 [- i I�' - "L OB �II i� :MOBI.- ,I - q L 9 �,1 .4 - 5 P4. t//A SWITCH j - .. LOB - _ 't, J� _ B mt .\ LFO - w I I REFERENCE NOTE 1 OB -- -r-- -- — -- -- - L ti - QB �+ - _. _ _ - - -- - - -- ----- -_. v v = LF50 I 1- <LFOBI I j =a LFOB/ , -- I - - - - P 1� 9 -- y o LF 9 C_) I K Lr 7 y -- ----' I1 I - + I- LF T-'9 P4 21 I-, - - .1 I c - : I' / I w a,, - - W -- - _ / .. / - -- r _ d `�� I A 3 J I L1 _ -:- - III it I' �F60 U :d i q LFOB q LFOB 9 LFOB , 9 i T1 d 1 r ,.r: I 1: LFOB d.. j q `.;LFOB d qY 1- - _ - q - SECONDARY "IL OB: I_F191 LF19 - I LF19 ;.L DB.,;. LF1,9 r-- I -- LF191 --,I, L 19 LF19 l ; JE:, \ t , [�'A. GHT F19 1 `, i..- d I Il II atFOA a �.I d .••L OB I• LI I )` �I 1l LF 9I ON I LFOB I� � l i jil lj, I =:1 - - - .11 - - i I J- ,_ _ -- I / I `! LFSo J . 'LFOBI LFOB I : F �-�: _ '-! ! I , J '� / --- - -- i I, o . It , 1I � I J LF19 LF19 d d d d LFOA m b -_____7J__ L 19 _ , LF1.9 LFL9 - _ LF19, I F:1-9 4: a: /' ., / I I %_1 d d -• II �. ,I I. If :,I I I i, - I II __ I� :.t FOB !i:: I P4-28 I __ „ --- -- - FOB-_.___ LFO LFOB LFOB L LFOB - LFb LFOB` CFd6 LFOB ' LFOB LFOBj 3 LFOB f p.-- / `\ ( O I - -I -- I 't + I . , I I I I f I — I I --- I "; -- a I ---- __ - , I � I LFOA` / / I' s _ _ J , - LF19, ' I. LF19 - - - --- --- -- - li I I c P4-34 - -' 50 CF50 L 50 LF50 I , LF - - - - _ _._. . J---- - - I I LF19 - - - - / I ' l I I ° -- -- - r.-I---- - -_ �J 9 r� L i LF19 - - - - - -- - LF51 j c / I I I � 9 I` LF J ) I = I cF19 �! - - -- - -- I - - - - - 9 9 9 I ( � ,./ / II -- ! LF51 I i LF51 I LF51 I ' 1 a b LF19, P4-6 j ,_.. LFt 9 :--- -- I _-- --LF19 t_ L ° �F19 I_ III ---- 1T: - - -----h-TI - -_ - J _ i --.I-� �O LF42 I I. 6 I - - -.. ° ` I �F19 LF19 LF19 LF19 LFt�� LF1 _ II f f � J = C c c CFt9 ° 9 1, Il y , i LFOA f LFOA''- J f LFOA------------------- 1�-- - - -- . -- _ /, -- —-------------- '--- LF19 - - - - - - - - - -_ - - - P4-32 i �� 1fF19 i a I LF19 / _ DAYLIGHTRY - =i - 3.l- b - p I --- -- - _ ;' _-I ZONE J J -- -- - //, I- --..--I -I�-- - ---- ---- --- -- - 1 LF19 ;�_ a �, Y- '--- I- I f J J e h J : i 1 LEGEND EXIS77NG NEW WORK ® NEW TO EXIS77NG CONNECTION EXISTING LUMINAIRES SHALL BE RELAMPED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. RELAMP EXISTING LF6 WITH LED26DP38S830/25 2. RELAMP EXISTING LF7 WITH LED7DP20B827/20HO 3. RELAMP EXISTING LF13 AND LF14 WITH LED7DP2OB827/20HO 4. RELAMP EXISTING LF11 WITH ACCULAMP ALEBR40 5. RELAMP EXISTING LF19 WITH LRELD402SN ELECTRICIAN SHALL BE ON SITE DURING COMMISSIONING. NOTE: THE EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM IS EXISTING TO REMAIN AND IS NOT BEING MODIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF THE EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT(S), TEST THE OPERATION OF ALL EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT FOR PROPER OPERATION, AND REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT THAT DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY. I'' I J --- j LF 1i - LF51 b., \F19 e 5 T LF 1 LF1:9 LF19 F1 : r 1 --______--� I f 0A- `,/ O LOCATE CONTROLS FOR NEW "YUMMM SIGN" IN THE EXPO AREA �LFO *LV I s-,=<LV b LF51 LFOB "( )i LF19 5 ? CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CURRENT LIMITING PANEL BETWEEN THE BRANCH I- e =-, e ' LFOB LF 1 h 2 "LFt9 (; ___- EQUIPMENT. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WIT, e _ O CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND LIGHTING LF19.: LF19 - c h h h 1 I PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE DETAIL 4 EO.O FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. -�i -)_' I b b --__[ LFO ! -_ - --- ) LF51 e I' LF51 -- ---- - / : f ! F1 1 I'ILF42A 1 LFOA I - ILF42A O3 CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH CURRENT LIMITING PANEL, R TO - fe _ • pI h I 4/EO 0 FOR CURRENT LIMITER SIZES - �1, l e-PIRIMARY ) LF42C I -- h' ��4' LF42B f ;� „ 1 LF42C 4 PROVIDE TECH LIGHTING TRANSFORMER MODEL #: 70OAT300EL. REFER TO /��, :- PRIMARY :0 D�►YLIGHT LF428i ` .r_�,:• e e LFOA h h iP O r /', fvA e �'_a LF51 h -:PLFO ° FOR TRANSFORMER SCHEDULE. DAYLIGHT a it 7 I,oI I , --zONE - -L 51 h d -' ZONE : ;LF19 -LF1:9 a a .--/f/� . ���a O5 COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR TIN TACKER & YUMMM SIGN WITH 11 (I _ _ _ MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. ° °r '? LF51 - LF19 LF19 312 -LF19 L 19 ', LF19 h F19` , LFt9 ,- [_- -' e �. I! LFOB ` LF51 - O CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT ALL EXISTING COMPONENTS SERVING THE EXISTING I' e h FOB; HOST COUNTER AND RELOCATE/RECONNECT IN THE NEW LOCATION FOR THE HOST 1 " - LF19 LF19 f - ,\ -_-- F5 RE(, EIVED COUNTER. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ��:ti , ,1.%,i A" ,,. . -.. . I \I 1. %, , I .."L:%.. \ I . I , I -.. I \ ,, 11, ,1._1,I I j1,1,I,, / I I ,/,.. 11._,I ,I \ ,,,,'FII. ,'..I. w.1..II l ! I " <1,- ,- " ,,-, ,_:�''iII , __1"�1,%" , I , '1- __I ___ ,I .!:; 6__.1 �t _- _1 o I� _____ --�0 I!I a ° J _ ___ _ __._____ �+I"�'Y OF �u%iI 70 CAP ALL ELECTRICAL ORIGINALLY USED FOR GAME EQUIPMENT IN ENTRY AREA. I, _ - f . ^ f -ILFO _ _ -- - -327 . J — -- - - - - - THE OUTLET FURTHEST FROM THE NEW CHALKBOARD. l -� LFOpp- LFOA f r� _ Y_ ! rlgt' I! U 2.2E3j D-322 ll I I SEP 0 1 2 ,5 ® CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING LIGHTING SWITCHBANK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NEW DIMMING SWITCHES NEAR EX S G CO -- - _ TIN NTROLS _ ``_ ---I'-- - -_ L -- --- I -..---- ---- -- -- - -- - - --- -- - `_- __ .. _ -- - AND ENGRAVE NEW DIMMING SWITCHES. -- - _ - --- �l - i ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATED AT THE BAR SHALL BE CONNECTED VIA CONDUIT , 1 I LIVI 11IIVV 1 LIJVI\ I Il-4 PERMIT CENIEB O THROUGH THE BAR DIE TO THE NEAREST FULL HEIGHT WALL, UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AND CONNECTED TO CIRCUIT(S). 10 PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING THROUGH HALF WALL, TO NEAREST FULL -HEIGHT PARTITION AND EXTEND CONDUIT OVERHEAD TO IT RACK IN OFFICE. 000ORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR PLATFORM LIFT WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR 0 TO ROUGH -IN. 2 LIGHTING PLAN NOTES SCALE: NONE ___I 0 W Ill 0 O L a) w U F_ -4— O D O Ill Ill CIOW I� I- 1 O z W 06 Ln CD W Z 91r_ C) ZD Q N m Iz z 1- I W W O 0 0') W� p ZD L_ J I O CL IL w N 00 J 0 Za00 Q U Il — W0 v) U :5 0o W W W W H a- IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII l 0 E u Ill ,C d'. Illa Wto s u a t In m 'C 5 O M LA E3 � i 0 r- t I 8 0 Revisions /11 REVIEWED FOR ,CODE COMPLIAN( ApP�OV`ED OCT 21 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISIC 1 ®Y.e �OF wIr ASP CAD �n .w t i /�', . 2 COA ,A- 1, i 'i'_. 20110' Drawn By Checked By TLH GRS Scale Date 1 /4"= V-O" Job No. 14225 Sheet No. El .1 2 PANEL SCHEDULES SCALE: NONE EXISTING PANEL "P4" SCHEDULE FED FROM: CIRCUIT BREAKER MOUNTING: FLUSH MOUNTED VOLTAGE: 120/208V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 BUS MATERIAL: EXISTING FAULT CURRENT: EXISTING BUS LOAD: 80 AMPS AIC RATING: MATCH EXISTING BUS RATING: 400 AMPS OPTIONS*: BONDED EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR MAIN: MAIN LUG ONLY LOAD (VA) LOAD (VA) NOTES CKT.1 LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C IBREAKER BREAKER A B C LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT. NOTES 1 DISHWASHER/BAR 500 20/1 20/1 170 ABOVE BAR TRACK 2 3 COOKLINE/LIGHTS 500 20/1 20/1 189 EXPO LIGHTING 4 5 MAIN HALL LIGHTS 500 20/1 20/1 1176 PASS. LIFT 6 7 SERVICE LIGHTS 500 20/1 20/1 800 BALLOON COMPRESSOR 8 9 YUMMM SIGN 500 20/1 20/1 500 CANLIGHTS / TV 10 11 RECPTS 1 500 20/1 20/1 500 CANLIGHTS SO 12 13 TIN TACKER SIGN 500 20/1 20/1 SPARE 14 15 BACKBAR REFRIG 1212 20/1 20/1 200 EXIT LIGHTS/CAN 16 GFCI 17 BLENDER 636 20/1 20/1 500 NEON GRN/LIL.LIGHTS 18 GFCI 19 BAR POS 456 20/1 20/1 SPARE 20 GFCI 21 BAR PRINTER 500 20/1 20/1 500 FLOOR GREEN ?. 22 GFCI 23 DRINK MIXER 900 20/1 20/1 500 MEN BATHROOM 24 25 RECEPT 500 20/1 20/1 500 RECEPT 26 27 COFFEE MACH 1000 20/1 20/1 332 DAYLIGHTING 28 29 COFFEE MACH 1000 20/1 20/1 790 GENERAL LIGHTING 30 31 DINING LIGHTING 505 20/1 20/1 423 GATHERING/ENTRY LTG 32 33 DINING LIGHTING 765 20/1 20/1 478 GATHERING AREA LTG 34 35 DINING LIGHTING 800 20/1 20/1 520 BEER CHAND/LOUNGE TRI 36 TOTALS: 2961 4477 4336 1893 2199 3986 NOTES * SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER OPTIONS REQUIRED BUT NOT NECESSARILY NOTED HERE GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING (GFCI) TYPE N.E.C. LOAD ANALYSIS FOR EXISTING PANEL "P4" (INCLUDING SUBFEEDS) LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR PHASE A (VA) PHASE B (VA) PHASE C (VA) TOTAL (VA) CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND LIGHTING: 125% 2598 3248 3964 4955 4610 5763 11172 13965 RECEPTACLE: 100% 1000 1000 500 500 1000 1000 2500 2500 OTHER CONTINUOUS: 125% 456 570 500 625 0 0 956 1195 OTHER NONCONTINUOUS: 100% 1 0 0 500 500 900 900 1400 1400 KITCHEN: 100% 0 0 1212 1212 636 636 1848 1848 MOTOR: 100% 800 800 0 0 1176 1176 1976 1976 ADD 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR: 100% 98 98 98 98 98 98 294 294 TOTAL: 4952 5716 6774 7890 8420 9573 20146 23178 EQUIVALENT AMPS: 42 48 57 66 1 71 80 56 65 PHASE BALANCE: —27% —27% 1% 3% 1 26% 24% SWITCHPLATE ELEVATION SCHEDULE SWITCH LOAD CONTROLLED DESCRIPTION a P4-28 PARTIAL PRIMARY DAY LIGHTING b 134-28 PARTIAL SECONDARY DAY LIGHTING C P4-30 PARTIAL GENERAL LIGHTING d P4-30 PARTIAL GENERAL LIGHTING e P4-32 PARTIAL GATHERING AREA LIGHTING f P4-32 PARTIAL ENTRY ART LIGHTING 9 P4-34 PARTIAL GATHERING AREA LIGHTING h P4-34 PARTIAL GATHERING AREA LIGHTING i P4-36 PARTIAL LOUNGE TRACK LIGHTING P4-36 PARTIAL BEER CHANDELIER k P4-31 PARTIAL DINING LIGHTING I P4-31 PARTIAL DINING LIGHTING m P4-33 PARTIAL DINING LIGHTING n P4-33 PARTIAL DINING LIGHTING 0 P4-35 PARTIAL DINING LIGHTING P4-35 PARTIAL DINING LIGHTING p4-2 ABOVE BAR TRACK LIGHTING r P4-4 EXPO LIGHTING WATTSTOPPER HDA-703 (TYPICAL) (a) (b) 0 e 0 0 *GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO LABEL THE SNTCHPLATE (C) e 0 (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) e e e e 0 e e e 0 e 0 0 LIGHT SWITCH COVERS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR (P) (q) (r) 0 0 0 Q e 0 0 PAD MOUNT TRANSFORMER RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 01 2015 PERMIT CENTER J Q w n 0 O C L Cw W 12 U H O D J O F-- 0 IZ m Z I Q V) Uj LL.I III r O LU N m U D LU _j0) w ` Z OIL Q W �00 Z a) 00 Q f� mja U� Oo3 WNCj F� ry LU w W LU a. Ln ®O V � ¢ u � s .0 u tA ro s E O M ,Y 12 Z O 00 Ln Revisions EVIEWED FOR )E COMPLIANC APPROVED OCT 21 2015 City of Tukwila S�,�A ® �0? WASy�z 31 Doter 06122115 ,r rM" • � 1 . Ut Drawn By Checked By ANH GRS Scale Date NONE Job No. 14225 3 SWITCH BANK DETAIL ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE Sheet No. E2.1 A. SPECIFICATIONS, REFER TO MEP DRAWING E. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, H. VERIFY SERVICE CONNECTION POINTS, SIZES, "PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS" SECTIONS (BPD) IN WATER LINES FEEDING PLUMBING ELEVATIONS, AND METERING LOCATIONS FOR 15300/15400/15450 AND ELSEWHERE IN FIXTURES AND/OR EQUIPMENT, AS SHCWN ON PROJECT WITH LOCAL UTILITIES CO. AND/OR DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND PLANS AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CIVIL ENGINEER. SERVICES TO INCLUDE BUT REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. AUTHORITIES. USE DEVICES OF APPROVED NOT LIMITED TO (DOMESTIC WATER, FIRE, TYPE AND MANUFACTURER (ATMOSPHERC SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, GAS, ETC.) B. SUSPEND ALL HORIZONTAL SERVICE PIPING VACUUM, PRESSURE VACUUM, DOUBLE CHECK, SHOWN ON THIS PROJECT SUCH AS, BUT NOT AND REDUCED PRESSURE). I. WATER PRESSURE: PLUMBING CONTRACTOR LIMITED TO, WATER, SAN. WASTE/VENT, SHALL VERIFY WATER PRESSURE PRIOR TO STORM WATER, GAS, ETC. FROM UNDERSIDE OF F. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND CONSTRUCTION. IF PRESSURE AT BUILDING ROOF WITHIN JOIST SPACE, UNLESS LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AS APPRJVED AND ENTRY AFTER ALL LOCALLY REQUIRED OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED. HOLD SUCH AMENDED BY THE GOVERNING CITY, INCLUDING DEVICES SUCH AS WATER METER, BACKFLOW PIPING HIGH AS POSSIBLE. EXTEND PIPING APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF ANY INTERIM PREVENTION DEVICES, ETC. IS LESS THAN 60 DOWN IN WALLS, PARTITIONS, CHASES, ETC.. AMENDMENTS AT ,.1E TIME OF THE PROPOSAL. PSIG STATIC, CONTACT OWNERS TO SERVE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN PURCHASE ALL PERMITS ASSOCIATED WTH THE REPRESENTATIVES. IF PRESSURE IS IN ON PLANS. CONTRACTORS AND SUB- WORK. OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY EXCESS OF 80 PSIG STATIC, INSTALLATION CONTRACTORS SHALL CAREFULLY REVIEW THE CODE. OF PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE IS REQUIRED. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE WITH NOTE 5 SHEET P1.2. G. DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING WORK ARE C. INFORMATION REGARDING THE DIAGRAMMATIC, SHOWING THE GENERAL J. WATER HAMMER ARRESTER SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WORK IS DISPERSED THROUGHOUT LOCATION, TYPE, LAYOUT, AND EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT PLUMBING WATER SYSTEMS AS THE DOCUMENT SET AND CANNOT BE REQUIRED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED, SEE DETAIL #12 ON SHEET P2.1 ACCURATELY DETERMINED WITHOUT REFERENCE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENT. REFER TO TO THE COMPLETE DOCUMENT SET ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS. K. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR, REFER REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TO OTHER PORTIONS OF PLANS AND .D. COORDINATE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER INSTALLATION DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION SECTIONS, EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATION ABOUT ITEMS FURNISHED AND WORK PERFORMED OTHERS, REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, AND REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE PIPING, BY FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR WITH THE CONSTRAINTS OF THE EXISTING CONNECTIONS, FITTINGS, VALVES, OFFSETS, (FSEC). VERIFY ROUGH -IN AND CONNECTION CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT SITE. PROVIDE ETC. AND ALL MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A REQUIREMENTS W/ KITCHEN DRAWINGS. PIPE RISES, DROPS, AND OFFSETS, AS COMPLETE SYSTEM. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED FOR FIELD INSTALLATION AND PER THE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL L. ENSURE THAT ALL UTILITY LINES ARE TRADE COORDINATION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF INSTALLED UP THE FLOOR SO EASY ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE STARTING WORK CLEANING MAY OCCUR. GENERAL NOTES 5 SCALE: NONE - -IRR- - IRRIGATION WATER (IRR) - BELOW SLAB/GRADE ** FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION - - -W- - COLD WATER (CW) - BELOW SLAB/GRADE ** PLAN NOTE - COLD WATER (CW) *** KITCHEN EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION FW FILTERED WATER SUPPLY -- HOT WATER (140') AFF/AFG ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR/GRADE - - - - - HOT WATER (HW) - BELOW SLAB/GRADE IW INDIRECT WASTE G GAS LINE FW FILTERED WATER D CONDENSATE LINE VTR VENT THRU ROOF - - - - - PLUMBING VENT (V) PC PLUMBNG CONTRACTOR - - - SANITARY WASTE (SAN) - BELOW SLAB/GRADE CO CLEANOUT - GW - GREASE WASTE (GW) - BELOW SLAB/GRADE WCO WALL CLEANOUT ST STORM LINE - ABOVE SLAB/GRADE FFCO/FGCO FLUSH FLOOR/GRADE CLEANOUT OST OVERFLOW STORM LINE - ABOVE SLAB/GRADE DCOTG DOUBLE CLEANOUT TO GRADE - ST - STORM LINE - BELOW SLAB/GRADE BV BALL VALVE F FIRE PROTECTION LINE AS ANGLE STOP PIPE TURNING UP/DOWN HD HUB DRAIN BALL VALVE FD FLOOR DRAIN BALANCING VALVE RI ROUGH -IN PLUMBING SYMBOLS LEGEND 4 SCALE: NONE M. HEALTH DEPARTMENT, COMPLY W/ LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS. OMIT ESCUTCHEONS IN FOOD SERVICE AREAS. SEAL PIPES NEATLY WITH GROUT AT WALL, FLOOR, OR CEILING PENETRATIONS. OMIT INSULATION ON EXPOSED PIPING BEHIND AND UNDER EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CLEARANCE BEHIND AND UNDER EXPOSED PIPING AS REQUIRED BY HEALTH DEPARTMENT. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, INSTALL PIPING IN FOOD SERVICE AREAS CONCEALED. CONFORM TO HEALTH DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF FLOOR SINKS. N. MAKE COMPLETE, PROVIDE ITEMS AND WORK AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: TRAPS, STRAINERS, GAUGES, GAS AND WATER PRESSURE REGULATORS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, STOP VALVES, UNIONS, ETCETERA. PROVIDE AND CONNECT PLUMBING PIPE FROM ROUGH -INS TO ITEMS AS SHOWN, SPECIFIED AND REQUIRED. 0. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE; (BO) = ITEM FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. (NIC) = ITEM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER. P. GAS PRESSURE: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SUPPLY GAS PRESSURE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF GAS PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 8" WATER COLUMN, CONTACT THIS ENGINEER FOR RESIZING OF GAS SYSTEM. OC ON CENTERS FPC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER DNR DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES @ CONNECT TO EXISTING CFH CUBIC FOOR PER HOUR PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE CONNECTIONS MANUFACTURER/ APPROVED HW CW V W MARK DESCRIPTION MODEL NUMBER MANUFACTURERS LAV-1 LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" N/A N/A SINGLE LEVER CONTROL FAUCET, CHROME PLATED, 4/ 7/8" AMERICAN STANDARD/ NO SUBSTITUTIONS SPOUT WITH SINGLE HANDLE LEVL,R, GRID DRAIN, LESS FAUCET#: 7385.003 ALLOWED. POP-UP HOLE, PROVIDE MIXING VALVE AS SPECIFIED. SUPPLIES, 3/4" CHROME PLATED ANGLED STOPS WITH LOOSE KEY HANDLE, 1/2" CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE BRASS RISER, GRID STRAINER DRAIN WITH OFFSET TAILPIECE, CHROME PLATED CAST BRASS P-TRAP WITH CLEANOUT AND WASTE ARM TO WALL WITH ESCUTCHEON. PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS, MOLDED VINYL, WHITE COLOR, ONE TREUBRO / 103 SKAL+GARD / P-TRAP COVER, TWO ANGLE VALVE COVERS, TWO SUPPLY SG-203BX TUBE COVERS, ONE OFFSET TAILPIECE COVER. PROFLO / PF203WH FD-1 HUB DRAIN, DRIP AND CONDENSATE FUNNEL, 8" FUNNEL N/A N/A 2" SEE J.R. SMITH / 3811 ZURN / Z-326-DB INLET, DOME BOTTOM STRAINER, MOUNT BASE OF FUNNEL AT FINISHED FLOOR. PLAN SIOUX CHIEF / (EQUAL) WASTE, CAST IRON P-TRAP, SIZE AS NOTED ON PLANS. FD-2 HUB DRAIN, DRIP AND CONDENSATE FUNNEL, 8" FUNNEL N/A N/A 2" SEE J.R. SMITH / 3811 ZURN / Z-326-DB INLET, DOME BOTTOM STRAINER, MOUNT BASE OF FUNNEL AT FINISHED FLOOR. PLAN SIOUX CHIEF / (EQUAL) WASTE, CAST IRON P-TRAP, SIZE AS NOTED ON PLANS. FS-1 FLOOR SINK, PVC BODY OR CAST IRON, HALF GRATE, 12" N/A N/A 2" SEE JONES STEPHENS / JOSAM / JPFS-PVC-3 SQUARE TOP, FLAT ALUMINUM STRAINER #S0006. PROVIDE CAST IRON MODEL ONLY IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PLAN S49-043, S49-044 *PROVIDE THE CAST SIOUX CHIEF / (EQUAL) IRON MODEL IF REQUIRED BY AHJ MODEL S55-120 WASTE, CAST IRON P-TRAP, SIZE AS NOTED ON PLANS. MOUNT RIM FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS DICTATED OTHERWISE BY AHJ. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION AT UNITS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. FCO-1 FINISHED FLOOR CLEANOUT, MEDIUM DUTY, ADJUSTABLE PVC RISER WITH NICKEL BRONZE FRAME AND COVER. PROVIDE CAST IRON UNIT WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. N/A N/A N/A VARIES JONES STEPHENS / MODEL: C59-211. PROVIDE CAST IRON MODEL ONLY IF REQUIRED BY AHJ ZURN MODEL: CO-2449 CAST IRON MODEL: CO-2500 SIOUX CHIEF / (EQUAL) TP-1 TRAP PRIMER, AUTOMATIC, 1/2" INLET AND OUTLET N/A 1/2" N/A N/A PERCISION PLUMBING SIOUX CHIEF / (EQUAL) CONNECTIONS, ANTI -SIPHON PORTS, INSTALL IN ACCESSIBLE PRODUCTS-PR-500 LOCATION WITH TRAP PRIMER MINIMUM 6" ABOVE FLOOD LEVEL OF FLOOR DRAIN RIM. MV-1 THERMOSTATIC, LEAD FREE, MIXING VALVE, 3/8" COMPRESSION 1/2" 1/2" N/A N/A POWERS / LFE480 NO SUBSTITUTIONS CONNECTIONS, IN -LINE CHECKS FOR HOT AND COLD SUPPLIES, ALLOWED MOUNT BELOW FIXTURE, SET TEMPERATURE AT 110 DEGREES F. OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3 PLUMBING SCHEDULE SCALE: NONE 11 CONNECT CW/HW LINE TO EXISTING CW LINE OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF COLD/HOT WATER LINES IN BAR AREA. �2 CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, AND INVERT OF EXISTING SANITARY LINE BEFORE CONSTURCTION. MAINTAIN SANITARY PIPE SLOPES AS REQUIRED. �3 CONNECT NEW VENT LINE TO EXISTING VENT LINE OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, OF EXISTING VENT LINE BEFORE CONSTURCTION. MAINTAIN VENT PIPE SLOPES AS REQUIRED. 7 PLUMBING PLAN NOTES SCALE: NONE ALL EXPOSED DRAIN PIPE SHALL BE PVC UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY CODE & JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CLEANOUTS PER CODE. ALL HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) AND SHALL RUN ABOVE SLAB EXCEPT WHERE NECESSARY. ALL EXPOSED WATER PIPE SHALL BE COPPER (NO PVC). 6 GENERAL NOTES SCALE: NONE 303 DESIGN IS BASED ON LIMITED FIELD SURVEY INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DESIGN WITH ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IF ISSUES ARISE. 1 �-J D-2.4kFS-1 3" y 3 ';II „ IV iIL ill��LUI I II �I-� �� �2 _ 2 II ( 2 BELOW QRAQ� =•y -- r - __ ,I ( O_ 1I I' 4" 2"FD-1 Y { - l 2"FS-1 0 00 4 241,36x3-TIER I 2 F}-1 2 PLUMBING SANITARY PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = V 303 i" W �j � �? m x PLUMBING WATER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = F LL SEP, 7. EEVED �I ill- T KWILA E 0 205 PERMIT CENTER J 0 W Q N 0 C L w r LU U 0 0 0 cn CL m I V) ry W z -- C,5 N ZD m Z Z w -+ ::D 0 0 W (0 v 00 H Z U op U) 0 0~3 ZF_ C O m 0 0 NG I.L _! C W 12 © O u C '� �, tm 5 nto Um c s E0 �o s �o O E7 M � Y O CO Ln W Z p O 00 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 21 2015 A. Z� City of Tukwila 0 BUILDING DIVISI N 0 WAS,YIN�, i� C, Ur ��r • s� / l� Drawn By Checked By SMT GRS Scale Date 1 /4"= V-0" Job No. 14225 Sheet No. P1.1 w 729 737 :2ry cn fir==___— --------_— --------------------------------------- .--.—.- IIr-------------------------------------------- ............. -- - --- - - -- °°.°.°.°°°°°.°. II I ::H :::::: 0 � II uI I I vU 0 v1 II P 705 op Vn II I 1 I ----• — r— Q— ' o 7oso UJI 703 7124 _ r ~ 806 5 w Lu (0? L1J 806A 700. 11 Iry � � m a. 6 K1.0 4 P 806 B 735 702 706 707 8(6 II I \cu � II I 736 _ 4_0 W o CV) 24x36x3-TIER ; "�✓ N I t N h o II I vrr co 704 I E a, N II I; c _............._...._-.-___....__--_--._-._-...-..........._._... .. ... ... _.. _...--....--..- J W f0 U. 710 711 716 9'-101/8" N ® to o0 N � N O C; co EQUIPMENT ELEVATION BAR EQUIPMENT ELEVATION BAR EQUIPMENT PLAN �� W 5 BAR Q 4 2 N SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" •L• z z O A o 1 POS SINGLE POLE SWITCH V ALARM DATAOUTLET 1 PRINTER 2 CC 806A D OGB DOUBLE POLE SWITCH V CREDIT CARD DATA OUTLET 3 D JIM _- ::::::::::: THREE-WAY SWITCH V MULTI -PORT DATA OUTLET —n N D FX REINSTALL EXISTING FLOOR — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - -- -SAME .......................... N N i/2 HW iv N P M FINISH FACE OF �/2" CW $ PILOT LIGHT SWITCH MODEM OUTLET EXISTING WALL tl 1/2" D M PH FINISH FACE OF 707 706 0 735 736 736------------- -------—---------------- - -- -- ---18'-51/4' - ---- EXISTING MOTOR RATED SWITCH TELEPHONE OUTLET ""------------ - """"--""""---"-""- 4'-10 3/32" 11'-5 1!4" 7'-5 1 /4" 7/ CC POS DEMISING WALL 4j 10'-1 3/16" �I VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH POS DATA OUTLET 7- K TV ti 7'-11 1 /4" KEY SWITCH V TV OUTLET �`♦ 5'-9 1/8 W `♦ ♦♦ DUPLEX RECEPTACLE © BUZZER FOR DOORBELL SYSTEM w ♦♦` ` w o ♦ `♦ GROUND FAULT DIMMER PRESET CONTROL PANEL N jr--------------------------------------- ---------------- ------t�----------- — '-0 5/8" f 7 00 BAR EQUIPMENT ELEVATION DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ;; __ ______________________ _______ ______ __________ _ _- -------- ISOLATED GROUND X TRANSFORMER FOR DOOR BELL SYSTEM r " DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0— °..__.I ......... - ----=---- - - -- - - - - - - --21 da -- n I SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE © TIME CLOCK 11 I u I n I HW— ............ GROUND FAULT O HOT WATER, SIZE AS INDICATED n I SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE ii i EXISTING SODA CW II I LINES RE-ROUTED _J 0 ISOLATED GROUND o COLD WATER, SIZE AS INDICATED it I SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE 11 I & EXTENDED AS L j J II I REQUIRED. O 0 FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE Fo FILTERED WATER, SIZE AS INDICATED ii i __-_-______ _ 0 � -- D it ISOLATED GROUND o DRAIN, SIZE AS INDICATED ----------- FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE II I G W u I ---------.................... - 6 SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, c GAS LINE, SIZE AS INDICATED rV � NEMA STYLE AS NOTED ------. SLIM / Cot ii i------------"---------------, EXISTING BEER w U ....._................. ...........--- JIM -- ----------------------------- J2) JUNCTION BOX C Co2 GAS LINE ii i ------------ s LINES RE-ROUTED o HELIUM GAS LINE II I i ---'-'------ S & EXTENDED AS �- ME a TD THERMOSTAT He REQUIRED. i -� - - — II I 0 0 II I r BP ___----------------- u I II L-------- -........ ---- .... ---� r—------------------�� ------------------------------------------- — — - -- - SO REMOTE SENSOR ® THREADED BLACK PIPE II ------------- --------------- I�------------------- 0 u I L___ __________ _____ _________________J 736 736 I 6 BAR EQUIPMENT ELEVATION A SYMBOL LEGEND 3 BAR EQUIPMENT ROUGH -IN PLAN (rV LO SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE: NONE SCALE: 1/2"=T-0" r V N 00 Z ROUTE FLEX DRAIN FOR DRAIN PAN 729 THRU BACKSPLASH OF ICE BIN 708 TO HUB DRAIN BELOW. II - II - II II — I I II I I -.. l.....-...... t. i 736 705 7 7 3 710 701 709 708 709 710 712 _ 3'-331 /32" _ — PVC CHASE FOR SODA LINES w/PVC CAP & FILL VOIDS WEXPANDABLE FOAM SEALANT FLUSH W/ TOP OF CAP. SEAL W/ CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT. 7'-8 1 /8" 14'-10 1 /8" Eli ----------- - - - __ - ------- ...... . . . . . .............. . - - - - - - - - ---------- ....... ............ 720 .................................. — © — 704 OPEN:::::::::::::::_ — Revisions REVIEWED OR 0 CODE COMPLI NCE A APPROVE 0 OCT 21 20 5 0 City of Tukw la BUILDING DIVI ION 1037 REGISTER ED RCHI CT 8 JAMIN R. U TA ATE OF WAS I GTON Drawn By Checked By Scale Date AS NOTED Job No. 1225 Sheet No. v 1 BAR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SCALE: NONE BAR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Number Quantity Equipment Category Manufacturer Model Number Equipment Remarks PLUMBING ELECTRICAL Number Cold Water Size (IN) Hot Water Size (IN) Indirect Drain Size (IN) Direct Drain Size (IN) Gas Size (IN) MBTUH Plumbing Remarks (IN) Volts Phase Amps KW HP Connection Electrical_ Remarks 701 1 BAR GUN 8 BUTTON COKE SCHROEDER 10 BUTTON, 8 PRODUCT #40197 (6 CARBONATED, 2 NON -CARBONATED) PROVIDED BY OWNER & INSTALLED BY VENDOR 701 702 1 HAND SINK GLASTENDER DHSB-12 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" BAR HAND SINK FAUCET - PROVIDE CUT-OFF. SINK DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK 702 703 1 ICE SHAVER BLENDER ISLAND OASIS SB-2100 PROVIDED BY OWNER & INSTALLED BY VENDOR 115 1 5.3 NEMA 5-15P 703 704 1 SOFT SERVE YOGURT MACHINE TAYLOR C706 MCORD & PLUG PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 208 1 26.0 1 112 NEMA L6-30P 704 705 1 3 DOOR LOW -PROFILE BACKBAR REFRIGERATOR GLASTENDER LP84-Ll-BS (L) (GLASS DOOR IS OPPOSITE COMPRESSOR COMPARTMENT) (1)GLASS DOOR, (2) SOLID DOORS PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 120 1 6.5 1/4 NEMA 5-15P 705 706 1 LIQUOR DISPLAY GLASTENDER LDA-24S, NO BACKSPLASH PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 706 707 1 ICE BIN GLASTENDER IBA-19 W1 (6) BR3, NO BACKSPLASH PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1 1/2" ICE BIN DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK 707 708 1 ICE BIN W1 BACK SPLASH MOUNTED FAUCET GLASTENDER IBA-19-CP10-ED WI (1) CCD, (1) SSR24 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1/2" 1/2" 1 112" ICE BIN DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK 708 709 2 ICE BIN GLASTENDER IBB-6 W/ (2) BR4 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1 1/2" ICE BIN DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK 709 710 1 DRAINBOARD w/GLASS RACK STORAGE GLASTENDER DBGR-24 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1 112" DRAINBOARD DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK 710 711 1 MUG FROSTER GLASTENDER MF36-SF2 W/CASTERS & SER-1 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 8.2 1/3 NEMA 5.15P SET THERMOSTAT TO WARMEST SETTING DURING INSTALLATION 711 712 1 SODA GUN HOLDER GLASTENDER SHB-4 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 712 720 1 BEER TOWER & DRAINER GLASTENDER WT-12-SS PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1/2' BEER TOWER DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK 720 723 1 DRINK MIXER HAMILTON BEACH IfIREM 200 DUAL 60%-25% (25% CO2 FOR GUINNESS ONLY, 60%CO2 FOR ALL OTHER BEERS PROVIDED BY OWNER & INSTALLED BY VENDOR 120 1 0.900 1/3 NEMA 5-15P 723 729 1 DRAIN PAN CUSTOM S/S FABRICATION PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1/2' DRAIN PAN DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK —IVED 729 732 1 BLENDER STATION W1 SINK GLASTENDER BSA-12, 6" TALLER THAN STANDARD LEGS REQ'D; WI GOOSENECK SPOUT PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 1/2" lit" 1 1/2" PROVIDE CUT-OFF. SINK DRAINS TO FLOOR SINK. CITY OF TUKVVILA 732 735 1 POS COUNTER GLASTENDER PCB-24 PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 735 736 1 LOT STORAGE SHELVING INTERMETRO PER KITCHEN EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN WITH STAINLESS STEEL TOP AT 30" HIGH PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY K.E.C. 736 737 1 SIS TRAY HOLDER CUSTOM S/S FABRICATION - 737 P.O.S. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PERMIT CENTER Number Quantity Equipment Category Manufacturer Model Number Equipment Remarks PLUMBING ELECTRICAL Number Cold Water Size (IN) Hot Water Size (IN) Indirect Drain Size (IN) Direct Drain Size (IN) Gas Size (IN) MBTUH Plumbing Remarks (IN) Volts Phase Amps KW HP Connection Electrical_Remarks 806 1 P.03. UNIT (BAR) VARIES PER PROJECT SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY OWNER 120 1 1.3 NEMA 5-15P EC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL 36" OF FLEX WHIP & DATA CABLE - TO BE CONNECTED TO P.O.S. SYSTEM (PROVIDE AN ISOLATED GROUND) 806 806A 1 CASH DRAWER (BAR) VARIES PER PROJECT SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY OWNER CASH DRAINER 806A 806B 1 PRINTER (BAR) VARIES PER PROJECT SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY OWNER 120 1 2.5 NEMA 5-15P TICKET PRINTER/DATA CABLE (PROVIDE AN ISOLATED GROUND) 807 806C 1 CASH DRAWER (TO -GO) VARIES PER PROJECT SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY OWNER CASH DRAWER 807B NOTE: ALL ELECTRICAL DUPLEXES NEED TO BE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL ELECTRICIAN SUPPLY SINGLE RECPTACLES FOR P.O.S. & PRINTER STATIONS ONLY ALL DUPLEXES & J-BOXES TO BE MOUNTED FLUSH WITH WALL FACE SECTION 01010 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PART I GENERAL 1.01 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall complete all Work as provided for in Contract Documents including Drawings and Building Specifications. Anything mentioned in the Building Specification and not shown on the Drawings, or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Building Specifications, shall be furnished and installed as if shown and mentioned in both. The Contractor shall furnish all materials or labor required to complete Work shown on the Drawings and called out in the Building Specifications, to include labor and material requirements reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to complete the work, whether each and every single item necessary to completion is specified or detailed or not. 1.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK REQUIRED A, The organization of the Building Specifications into Divisions, Sections and Paragraphs and the arrangement of the Drawings are not intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or to establish the limits and extent of work to be performed by a particular trade. The Contractor alone is responsible for the completion of the entire work as drawn and specified, complete in place and in functional or operating conditions. The division of the Building Specifications into sections and paragraphs is for convenience only and not for the purpose of limiting or restricting the performance of any portion of the Work to any particular trade. END OF SECTION SECTION 01015 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENT A. Contractor coordinate use of premises for construction purposes with Owner. Because of the nature of project premises, Contractor provide Owner with complete minimum surface area requ irements for his and his subcontractors use, including area requirements for: 1. Storage of materials and equipment 2. Staging 3. Employee parking 4, Refuse containers 5. Other required uses END OF SECTION SECTION 01018 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 OWNER'S RIGHT TO INSTALL ITEMS AND/OR EQUIPMENT PURCHASED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Owner retains the right to place and install, in coordination with Contractor's construction schedule, as many items and/or as much equipment as he may require during the progress of the Work, before completion of the various parts of the Work. This shall not in any way evidence completion of the Work or any portion thereof, nor shall it signify Owner's acceptance of the Work or any portion thereof. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 CATEGORIES OF ITEMS A. By Owner: Items shown or noted as "B.O." or "By Owner' on the drawings and/or in the specifications shall be furnished by Owner to Contractor/subcontractor for installation by Contractor/subcontractor as part of the construction contract. Contractor/subcontractor shall receive, to the extent of unloading at the job site as required, store and be responsible to the extent of carrying necessary insurance to cover items in case of theft, fire, loss, malicious damage and other miscellaneous damage. Included, but not inclusive, in this category are: 1. All loose furnishings such as booths, table tops, chairs, stools, etc. Lighting Dimmer Panel. Interior D6cor Items. A. Not In Contract (NIC): Items shown or noted "(NIC)" on the drawings and/or in the specifications shall be furnished and installed by Owner under separate contract, except as described hereinafter. Included, but not inclusive, in this category are: 1. All kitchen and bar equipment. This equipment shall be furnished, assembled and set in place under separate contract, with final connection of gas, water, electricity and exhaust devices as shown on the Mechanical and Electrical drawings to be accomplished under the General Contract for Construction. 2. Sound system (to include speaker attachment, cable & pulling cable) 3. Signs and Signage, including Painted Exterior and Interior Signs where and if shown on drawings. 4. Televisions. 5. Safe in Office. 6, Security/Fire Alarm System, including Duct Detectors. 7. Television Mounting Bracket. 8. A.D.A. Interior Door Signs. 9. Window Blinds. 10. Toilet compartments. 11. Toilet accessories. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 RECEIPT OF ITEMS A. During the course of construction, some deliveries of equipment and miscellaneous items will be made to the job site by common carrier. Contractor shall receive and inspect items for conformance to delivery ticket(s) and for damage. If during receipt any missing or damaged items are observed, Contractor shall: 1. Make notation of any and all discrepancies on the delivery ticket(s) 2. Call delivery carrier and advise him of the problem. 3. Call the Owner's Purchasing Contact and advise of any problems. :C END OF SECTION SECTION 01029 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART I - GENERAL 4 1.01 GENERAL A, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction;' Article 7, all paragraphs inclusive, shall govern the work of this section. 1.02 WORK AUTHORIZATION A. In the event a change to the work is required by the Owner, a written "Work Authorization" for changes to the contract will be issued by the Owner. The authorization will include actual or estimated costs for the change and a statement of responsibility for actual cost if estimated costs are used. 1,03 CONTRACTOR RESPONSE N A. Contractor shall respond with a formal typewritten "Contract Change Order", in triplicate, referencing authorization number, job name, date, specific items changed and shall indicate total amount of authorization imposed costs. Contractor will only be allowed an (8%) eight percent overhead and profit markup. Backup documentation is to be submitted with all extra costs. Two or more authorizations may be included on one change order. END OF SECTION SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES/ALTERNATIVES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Acceptance: Alternates will be exercised at option of Owner. B. Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the Work, including changes under each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in Owner -Contractor Agreement. END OF SECTION 01030 SECTION 01040 COORDINATION PART I - GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for the general overall coordination of the work required. It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that all of his subcontractors coordinate their work as it relates to the work of other trades. 1.02 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate the leaving of openings in the building floors, roofs and walls for supply, return and exhaust ducts, piping and wiring unless otherwise noted or specified herein. It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that all of his subcontractors coordinate their work with regard to openings which are to be left in floors, roof and partitions for the proper operation of all systems and that all openings are in correct locations. 1.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Except as otherwise specified, each subcontractor shall execute all cutting and patching in his work that may be required by others so that the engagements between the various material will be neat and proper. Cutting of any structural portions of the building shall not be permitted except as approved by the Owner. Each subcontractor shall locate and provide sleeves, suitable to the general contractor, for all holes, chases, openings, or block -outs required for the installation of their work. All such openings shall be straight, true, and of proper size. No excessive cutting will be permitted, nor shall openings be located to alter the installation of any structural member from that indicated on drawings. After the work has been installed, all openings shall be carefully patched and fitted around as directed and to the satisfaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION PART I - GENERAL 1.01 WATCHMAN SERVICE A. Contractor may employ and pay for watchmen, or a watchmen's service, as he deems necessary to protect his own interests, and he shall be responsible for and pay for losses or damages to the Owner's materials or other property as a result of theft, mysterious disappearances or intrusions by strangers. 1.02 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. END OF SECTION SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART I - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. All the operations and/or documents described in this section shall be completed and/or delivered to the RRGB project manager prior to acceptance of the work and final payment. 1.02 CLEANING A. General: Each Contractor or subcontractor shall remove and dispose of all tools, equipment, surplus material and rubbish pertaining to his work, and cooperate in final cleaning by general contractor. B. Final Cleaning: Thoroughly clean the entire project upon completion of the work, including but not necessarily limited to: Power sweeping the parking lot, cleaning construction debris from adjacent exterior areas, polishing all metals, cleaning all plumbing fixtures and accessories, cleaning all stainless steel fixtures and equipment, removing all labels and layout marks, cleaning all windows and mirrors, cleaning all floors, and in general, removing all evidence of the construction process, to leave the entire premises in clean, new operating condition. C. Equipment and Systems: The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that scale, metal shaving, oil, pipe dope and every impurity will tend to accumulate at restricted points and impede flow. Every precaution shall therefore be observed in the assembly of the systems to remove and exclude foreign matter and upon completion of erection, a thorough cleaning program shall be observed. The cleaning operation shall be accomplished after all parts of the systems are in place but before any are insulated or furred in. Remove all labels, dirt, paint, grease and stains from all exposed devises, equipment and fixtures installed under this contract. Clean and polish all equipment upon completion of the work to present a first class job suitable for occupancy. 1.03 PROJECT DOCUMENTS A. Affidavits: Completed AIA Document G706, CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS, with all executed supporting documents listed thereon to include "Full Waiver Final Lien Release" form, "Affidavit of Completion and Warranty", and AIA Document G707, CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT. END OF SECTION SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PARTI GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Related Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS A. Maintain one copy of: 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3• Addenda 4. Approved Shop Drawings 5. Supplemental Instructions 6. Change Orders 7. Other Modifications of Contract 8. Field Test Records 9. Correspondence File B. Store documents in approved locations, apart from documents used for construction. C. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. D. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. E. Make documents available at all times for inspection by Architect/Engineer and Owner. 1.03 MARKING DEVICES A. Provide felt marking pen for marking. Make notations in "red." 1.04 RECORDING A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in 2 inch high printed letters. B. Keep record documents current. C, Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Contract Drawings. Legibly mark to record actual construction: 1. Factory and field seams in membrane, dimensionally located. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction or Change Order. 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Project Manual and Addenda. Legibly mark-up each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction of Change Order. 3. Other matters not originally specified F. Shop Drawings: Maintain as record documents. Legibly mark-up approved shop drawings to show changes made after review. 1.05 SUBMITTAL A. At completion of project, deliver record documents to Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 4. Title and number of each record document. 5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. Signature of Contractor, or his authorized representative. 7. G.C. to provide PVC tube & set of record drawings. END OF SECTION 01720 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wood trim B. Millwork (cabinets, shelving, etc.) C. Installation of: 1. Doors 2. Hardware 3. Weatherstripping and seals 4. Millwork D. Laminated plastic assemblies E. Nails, screws, bolts, fasteners, glue, etc. 1,02 SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFICATIONS A. Millwork must be fabricated and assembled by a millwork subcontractor equipped and experienced to do work equal to the "Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for fabricating quality millwork. 1.03 MILLWORK DESIGN AND FABRICATION A. Details shown on drawings are outline requirements and are not intended to interfere with fabricator's standard shop procedures and practices. Where important differences occur between details and fabricator's standards, flag such differences on shop drawings. The standards of AWI shall apply and by reference are part of this specification. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Federal Specifications (FS) B. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) C. American Woodwork Institute (AWI) 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section to Owner for acceptance prior to fabrication. Include material lists and drawings showing fabrication of typical units, unit assemblies, locations and installation setting details. List cabinet hardware proposed; suited to use or function of item. Identify materials required to complete work; ready for installation. B . Samples: Submit two samples of each of the following items: 1. 12" X 12" samples of each type of plywood. 2. 12 inch long sample of each type of wood trim. 3. Laminated plastic sample chips showing texture, finish and color indicated on the drawings. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the products of specific manufacturers, It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General Use: 1. General: Work solid stock to patterns shown. Standard shape materials shall conform to patterns indicated in current grading rules for the species. 2. Interior Wood Trim: a. General Use (Paint): Contractor's option: "C" Select Grade, Sugar Pine, Idaho White Pine, Magnolia, Birch, Redwood or Fir. b. Natural Finish (Stain): Clear, plain sawn, Yellow pine, AWI Grade 1. 3. Interior Finish Plywood: 3/4 inch paint grade, lumber core, Birch plywood 4. Shelving: 3/4 inch AB Grade Fir plywood with "C" Select Grade Maple edge trim. 5. Wood Benches/Tables: Clear, plain sawn, Yellow pine, AWI Grade 1. 9. Nails: FS FF-N-103c and FF-N- 105a. Stainless steel for Redwood. 6. Screws: FS FF-S-11 lb. 7 La Screws and Bolts: FS FF-B-561 type and grade best suited for purpose used. g - Yp g P p 8. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588b. B . Cabinets 1. Doors, Panels, Ends, Etc.: 3/4 inch 4B Grade, Group 3, Ponderosa pine, exposed edges banded. 2. Stiles, Rails, Etc.: 3/4 inch C Select Grade, White pine. 3. Shelving and Dividers: 3/4 inch 4B Grade, Group 3, Ponderosa pine; exposed edges banded. 4. Backs: 1 /4 inch tempered hardboard. 5. Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Etc.: Pine 6. Filler Strips: Match face materials 7. Hardware: Knape and Vogt, Garcy, Stanley, Hafele; to suit functions. Standards of quality: a. Hinges: Continuous stainless steel piano hinge, concealed, complete with guides and template for installation. b. Catches: "Hafele" pressure catch No. 245.54.710. c. Shelf standards and brackets: Noted on the drawings. d. Locks: Noted on the drawings. C. Office Cabinets and Counters: 1. Doors, Panels, Ends, Etc.: 3/4 inch AB grade clear White Pine plywood, exposed edges banded. 2. Stiles, Rails, Etc.: 3/4 inch "C" select grade solid clear White Pine. 3. Shelving and Dividers: 3/4 inch AB Grade clear White Pine plywood; exposed edges banded. 4. Backs: 1 /4 inch tempered hardboard. 5. Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Etc.: Pine 6. Hinges: Continuous concealed piano hinges, concealed, complete with guides and template for installation. 7. Filler Strips: Match face materials. 8. Hardware: Hager, Knape and Vogt, Stanley; to suit functions. 9. Catches: "Hafele" pressure catch No. 245.54.710. 10. Shelf Standards and Brackets: Noted on drawings 11. LocksNoted on drawings D, Laminated Plastic Assemblies: 1. NEMA standard LD-1; Class 1, high pressure decorative laminates: Color shown on the drawings: a. Surface Sheet:.05 inch thick b. Backing Sheet:.02 inch thick phenolic backing sheet. c. Edging:.028 inch thick. d. Adhesive: Fire resistant; Acceptable to laminate manufacturer. e, Backing: 3/4 inch AB Group 1, exterior grade, APA fir plywood. 2.03 MOISTURE CONTENT A. Trim lumber; 12% maximum at time of delivery. 2.04 GRADING AND MARKING A. Softwood Lumber: FS MM-L-00751f. B• Hardwood Lumber: FS MM-L-00736a. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in shop of millwork subcontractor and assemble in single and complete units to the greatest extent that requirements of delivery and installation in building will permit. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 TRIM CARPENTRY A. Install true and square. Blind nail finish surfaces wherever possible; set surface nails. Use commercially long lengths; jointed at solid fastenings. Butt joint square members, cope internal corners, and miter external corners. 3.02 MILLWORK AND LAMINATED PLASTIC ASSEMBLIES A. Delivery, Storage and Conditions: Deliver when weather is favorable and store in building at time temperature of 65 F to 75 F can be maintained. B. Workmanship: Fabricate in shops having record of production of quality work; wood with fine, smooth surfaces and joints tight. Shop joints made with water resistant glue or hot -glued under pressure. C. Installation: Fit in proper location and securely anchor to walls and floor; plumb, true and square. Drill holes in wood when required. Provide blocking, nailers, fillers, trim, etc. 3.03 DOORS, HARDWARE AND WEATHERSTRIPPING SEALS A. General: Install doors, frames and trim, including hardware and weatherstripping; fit, adjust and place in operating condition. Remove doors and hardware for finishing doors and frames and re -install after finishing; re -adjust and place in operating condition. All door hardware and mounting requirement shall meet Federal "ADA" requirements. B. Installation of Doors and Hardware: Accurately fit hardware in accord with manufacturer's instructions and adjust to smooth quiet operation. Fit and hand doors plumb and true; uniform 1 /8 inch space around edges and '/2 inch clearance at floor, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Active edge of door in contact with stop from top to bottom. Match door hardware to frame hardware. Hardware locations, unless shown otherwise on drawings: 1. Top Butts: 5 inches down to top of butt from head of frame section. 2. Bottom Butts: 10 inches up from floor to bottom of butt. 3. Middle Butts: 3'-2" to centerline from floor. 4. Knobs: 3'-2" to centerline from floor. 5. Pulls: 3'-6" to centerline from floor. 6. Pushes: 4'-2" to centerline from floor. 7. Locks: 3-2" to centerline from floor. C. Installation of Weatherstripping and Seals: Accurately fit per manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 SANDING A. After installation, hand -sand and steel -wool millwork, trim, and finished woodwork to produce fine, smooth, uniform clean surfaces; free of defects. Ease square edges with sandpaper. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 06200 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior sealing; waterproofing and visual requirements. B. Interior sealing; painting requirements. C. Interior mildew -resistant sealant. D. Fire-resistant joint sealant. E. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. F. Sealant and backing. 1.02 INTENT A. Requirements of this Section control the kinds and quality of sealing work of the Technical Sections of these Specifications unless specifically directed otherwise in other Sections and/or on the Drawings. B. Provide sealant required to close joints that would allow moisture or air to enter structure between fixed materials as shown on the drawings and as herein specified including but not limited to: 1. Sealing of interior perimeter joints of window framing, door frames, and other openings in walls. 2. Setting of thresholds in sealant. 3. Sealing of joints between countertops and wall surfaces for a sanitary joint. 4. Sealing of joints of every nature and description that would allow moisture or air penetration. 5. Sealing of joints indicated to be caulked or sealed whether specifically mentioned herein or not. 6. Sealing around all pipe, duct and vent penetrations. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Publications: Sealing and Waterproofing Institute (SWI) "Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification" B. Standards: 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 2. Federal Specifications (FS) 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section and/or requiring sealing work. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, Pennsylvania. Such is intended to establish minimum quality standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Exterior Sealant: Compound used throughout job; either: 1. "Synthocalk GC-9", one -part polysulfide base synthetic rubber sealant; ASTM-C920, Type S, ANSI-A-116.1. 2. "DYNATROL I" one -part polyurethane sealant; ASTM-C920, Type S. B. Interior Sealant: Compound used throughout job; either: 1. "BC-158" one -part butyl rubber sealant; FS TT-S-001657, Type 1. 2. "AC-20" one -part acrylic latex caulk; ASTM C834-76. C. Interior Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: (Restrooms, Kitchen, and Food Service Areas) One part mildew -resistant silicone sealant formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing joints with substrates subject to in-service exposure to conditions of high humidity and temperature extremes. 1. "SCS 1702 Sanitary" manufactured by General Electric Co. 2. "863" manufactured by Pecora Corp. D. Fire -Resistant Joint Sealant: (if required by building codes or authorities) One part fire -stopping sealant system formulated for use in through -penetration sealing of openings, cables, conduit, pipes, and penetrations through walls and floors. 1. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25" by Electrical Products Division, 3M Company. "Dow Corning Fire -Stop" by Dow Corning Corporation. E. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer, to suit application. F. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining; recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. G. Joint Backing: Where required, non -absorbent and non -staining foam rod, compatible with sealant used. Diameter required to form friction surface at sides of open joint. H. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. I. Masking Tape: FS UU-T-106. 2.03 COLORS A. To be selected by Owner PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Do not use interior sealant for exterior conditions. Gun apply compound with nozzle of proper size to fit width of joint indicated; force sealant into joint with sufficient pressure to expel air and fill groove solidly. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by sealant manufacturer. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions as appropriate for work. 3.03 CONDITIONS A. Exterior: Apply sealants when temperature is between 40 and 100 degrees F. B. Interior: Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 3.04 PREPARATION A. Perform in accord with ASTM C804 for solvent release and C790 for latex base sealants. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. Clean and prime joints in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.05 FIELD SAMPLE A. Construct field sample joints, 4 feet long, illustrating sealant type, color, and tooled surface. Locate where directed. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work. 3.06 INSTALLATION A. General: Conform to SWI requirements for installation and with manufacturer's instructions. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. B. Joint Backing: Install to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1 /3 joint width. C. Bond Breaker: Install where joint backing is not used. D. Masking Tape: Place on finish surface on one or both sides of joint cavity to protect adjacent finish surfaces from compound smears. Remove within 10 minutes afterjoint has been filled and tooled. E. Primer: Use in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Test for staining on samples of actual surfaces to be sealed prior to application. F. Sealants: Use fresh compounds from previously unopened containers bearing manufacturer's seal. Install sealant from bottom of joint upward and outward, using sufficient force to fill joint; free of air pockets, foreign matter, ridges and sags. Draw nozzle of applicator device across joint during installation to leave flush surface. 3.07 FINISHING A. Tool joints slightly concave unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. When tooling white or light color sealant, use dry or water wet tool. 3.08 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Remove masking tapes and clean adjacent soiled surfaces. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.09 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 07920 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes solid core doors as follows: 1. Doors with wood -veneer faces. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details; location and extent of hardware blocking: mortises, holes, and cutouts; requirements for veneer matching; fire ratings; and other pertinent data. C. Samples: For each face material and finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated." B. Forest Certification: Provide doors made from wood products obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria." C. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. 2. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. 3. Weyerhaeuser Company. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Adhesives: Do not use adhesives containing urea formaldehyde. B. Particleboard: Do not use particleboard made with binder containing urea -formaldehyde resin. C. Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Grade A faces. 2. Species and Cut: Red oak, plain sliced. 3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Running match. D. Interior Veneer -Faced Solid -Core Doors: 1. Core: Particleboard. 2. Construction: Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 2.4 FIELD FINISHING A. General: Finish doors in field that are indicated to receive transparent finish. B. Finish: AWI System TR-6 catalyzed polyurethane. C. Staining: As selected from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. B. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. C. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory -Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. END OF SECTION 08211 _J CD LU CD n N O L.1J n U 017- Q 0 n I- C!] I C/) V) rLU V T_ W o ZD N m Z Z) L LJ rU) r... Z 0 n p LLJ 01 00 D C- - I-- U) a, U mU 0 � I- p C) '� UJ cl� W C� �l.I 0 0 N U ti Do v N •� M = N ■ N V ` CD 0 LL " a r N N O d; L V °° w CN Q.%--V14.- I VK CODE COMPLI MCE A APPROVE A OCT 21 20 5 CRY of TukW a 0 BUILDING DIVI ION 0 1 REG 4MIN R. 4,811JETA OF WAS INGTON P-A r.rj JUN 2 3 2015 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 0 12015 PERMIT CENTER Drawn By ( Checked By Scale I Date SECTION 08411 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior aluminum -framed storefronts. a. Glazing is retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum -framed systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding, without failure, the effects of the following: 1. Structural loads. 2. Thermal movements. 3. Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 4. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 5. Failure includes the following: a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. b. Thermal stresses transferred to building structure. c. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movements, to glazing. d. Glazing -to -glazing contact. e. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. f. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. g. Sealant failure. h. Failure of operating units to function properly. B. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Loads: Provide assemblies capable of withstanding a uniform test pressure of 20 psf inward and 20 lost outward when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330.. C. Temperature Change (Range): Systems accommodate 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. D. Air Infiltration: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of systems of 0.06 cfm/sq, ft. (0.03 L/s per sq. m) of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static -air -pressure difference of 6.241bf/sq. ft. (300 Pa). E. Water Penetration Under Static Pressure: Systems do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static -air -pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 Ibf/sq. ft. (300 Pa). F. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have condensation -resistance factor (CRF) of not less than 53 when tested according to AAMA 1503. G. Average Thermal Conductance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have average U-factor of not more than 0.69 Btu/sq. ft, x h x deg F (3.92 W/sq. m x K) when tested according to AAMA 1503. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. For entrances, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types, functions, quantities, and locations. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Acceptable to manufacturer and capable of preparation of data for aluminum -framed systems including Shop Drawings based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Entrances and storefronts shall be installed by a firm that has not less than 5 years successful experience in the installation of systems similar to those required. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that deteriorate as defined in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 3 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Kawneer. 2. United States Aluminum. 3. Vistawall Architectural Products. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M). 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. B. Steel Reinforcement: With manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant primer. 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 3. Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded -aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Framing members are one-piece members that are internally slotted at regular intervals. B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration, use self-locking devices. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads, fabricated from stainless steel. 4. Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. for the application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of member or hardware being fastened. D. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements. E. Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. Form exposed flashing from sheet aluminum finished to match framing and of sufficient thickness to maintain a flat appearance without visible deflection. F. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard recommended by manufacturer for joint type. 2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Glazing: As specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types, replaceable, molded or extruded, that maintain uniform pressure and watertight seal. C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric types. D. Bond -Breaker Tape: Manufacturer's standard TFE-fluorocarbon or polyethylene material to which sealants will not develop adhesion. 2.5 DOORS A. Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed doors, for manual swing operation. 4 1. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch (44.5-mm) overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch- (3.2-mm-) overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch- (3.2-mm-) thick, extruded -aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. 2. Door Design: Wide stile; 5-inch (88.9-mm) nominal width, bottom rail shall be 12" (304.8 mm). a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 12 inches (304.8 mm) above floor or ground plane. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: As per manufacturer's specifications. 4. Entrance Doors Finish: Kynor finish to match color per drawings. B. Door Hardware: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware:' ry 2.6 DOOR HARDWARE A. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule as v indicated on drawings. B. Strikes: Provide strike with black -plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. C. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. D. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on _ mounting strip. E. Silencers: BHMA Al56.16, Grade 1. 2.7 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum -framed systems, as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants;' B. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt -mastic paint complying with SSPC-Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil (0.762-mm) thickness per coat. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Form aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. _ 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing (without projecting stops). E. Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing hardware. 1. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. 2. At interior doors, provide silencers at stops to prevent metal -to -metal contact. Install three silencers on strike jamb of single -door frames and two silencers on head of frames for pairs of doors. 6 F. Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing hardware. 1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. G. Hardware Installation: Factory install hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory -installed hardware before applying finishes. H. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: Class I, clear anodic coating complying with AAMA 611. B. High -Performance Organic. Finish: Three -coat thermocured system with fluoropolymer topcoats containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2605. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range color and gloss. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 2. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 3. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. 4. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation. E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, without warp or rack. F. Where required by the details, provide column covers of 0.040" aluminum finished to match storefront material. Provide profiles as detailed. G. Install glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing:' H. Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Entrances: Install to produce tight fit at weather stripping and weathertight closure. 2. Field -Installed Hardware: Install surface -mounted hardware according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. I. Install perimeter joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation. END OF SECTION 08411 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware shown on the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Finish Carpentry: SECTION 06200 B. Weatherstripping and Seals: SECTION 06200 C. Toilet Partition Hardware: SECTION 10810 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum three years experience. B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying door hardware with three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. C. All exterior locksets, latchsets and deadbolts shall be mortise style conforming to ANSI 156-13, Series 1000, Grade 2. D. All interior locksets and latchsets shall be cylindrical type conforming to ANSI 156-2, Series 4000, Grade 1. 1.04 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. B. All hardware items shall comply with ANSI specifications and the Americans with Disabilities Act. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) C. Door Hardware Institute (DHI) D. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit per SUBMITTALS Section. B. Final Hardware Schedule: Six copies of a complete FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE, indicating locations, quantities, types, numbers and/or sizes, functions and finishes for each item; conform to Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or shipment. Acceptance does not relieve Contractor of obligation to furnish hardware required to complete the Work. C. Product Data: 1. Provide product data on hardware. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or shipment, 2. Submit product data indicating conformance with ADA specifications. D. Samples: One sample of each type; illustrating style, color, and finish. Samples may be incorporated into the Work. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or shipment. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. Data shall be submitted as part of contract closeout. 1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component along with maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. Materials shall be submitted as part of contract closeout. 1.08 COORDINATION OF WORK A. After acceptance of the FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE, hardware supplier furnish Contractor with copies of schedule with templates required for preparation of doors and frames at place of manufacture. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of specific manufacturers. Substitutions will not be allowed. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Complete Sets: As scheduled in the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. All doors required to be rated shall be installed with UL rated hardware UL label. B. Other Items; Quality standards equal or superior to product of other manufacturers in the Hardware Schedule. C. Finishes; As scheduled in the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. 2.03 KEYING A. As shown on the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 PACKAGING A. Package items separately; complete with trim, screws, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. Label and identify package with door opening number and corresponding hardware set number to match Door Schedule on the Drawings. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. General: Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in secure area. B. Keys: Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. 3.03 INSPECTION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices (as shown on the Drawings). Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hardware in accord with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of ANSI/NFPA 80 and DHI. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. Conform to ANSI Al 17.1 and ADA for positioning requirements for the handicapped. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 08710 PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Installation of glass in prepared openings. B. Protection C. Cleaning D. One way vision film and Solar film 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Flush Wood Doors: SECTION 08211 B. Glass: SECTION 08811 1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATION AND STANDARDS A. Flat Glass Jobbers Association, "Glazing Manual" latest edition (FGJA). Glazing subcontractor shall determine and be responsible for actual system (s) and materials to be used in the work of this section. In all instances, the FGJA "Glazing Manual" shall govern details and general conditions of systems to be considered for use intended on the drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section, of glazing system (s) proposed. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of glazing. 1.05 SCHEDULING A. Schedule the work of this section to coincide with delivery of glass to be installed as part of the work of this section. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the products of Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, Pennsylvania, It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS A. The following list of materials is submitted to establish minimum quality standards for the work of this section. It is not intended to dictate or define systems to be used: 1. Glazing Compounds a. "Synthocalk GC-9" one part polysulfide base synthetic rubber sealant b. "862" one part architectural silicone sealant c. "60+Unicrylic" one part acrylic polymeric sealant 2. Glazing Tapes: "Extru-Seal" tapes, pre -shimmed, tapered, string, etc. 3. Primer: As recommended by compound and/or tape manufacturer for use intended. 4. Setting Blocks and Spacer Shims: Type and size recommended by FGJA for use intended. 5. Solar Film: 3M Products: LE30 Charl, Scotchtint Plus. Install per manufacturer's specifications in all glazed openings only where shown on drawing. 6. One Way Vision Film: SOURCE: Architectural Glass Tinting (479 587-8468) PRODUCT: Avista V28. 7. Opaque Film. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Glazing shall not be commenced until outdoor temperature is above 40 F., on a rising thermometer, and when ventilation conditions are such within building as to prevent condensation of moisture on units during glazing. 3.02 PREPARATION i and materials to which glazing compound and/or tapes will A. Clean all surfaces of all glazing units g g p / p be applied and prime (if required) as recommended by glazing compound and/or tape manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION (GLAZING) I accord with shop drawings and the FGJA "Glazing Manual" A. Install all glazing units in compete p g g recommendations, including but not limited to: 1. Handling of glazing units 2. Application of compounds, tapes, etc. 3. Installation of setting blocks and spacer shims 4. Final sealing 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean all glazing units and remove all labels, protection markings, etc. prior to acceptance of building by Owner. Replace all cracked, broken, and improperly set glazing units at time of cleaning without additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Clearly mark all installed transparent glazing units by means of tape "X" or other suitable means to protect persons and materials. System used shall comply with any or all governing codes, ordinances, regulations, etc. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 08800 SECTION 08811 GLASS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Plate and Float Glass B. Tempered Glass C. Insulating Glass D. Mirror Glass 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts: SECTION 08411 B. Glazing: SECTION 08800 1.03 INTENT (SAFETY OF PERSONS) A. It shall be the responsibility of the glazing subcontractor to comply with all safety laws, ordinances and regulations, etc. which control type of glass related to safety of persons. The drawings and specifications attempt to comply with all such laws, etc., but in case of failure to comply, the most restrictive requirement shall govern the work of this section. B. Design Criteria: Glass shall conform to Fed. Spec. DD-G-001 403 and tested to pass IGCC, CBA, ASTM E-774-83. 1.04 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Coordinate with the work of glazing subcontractor(s). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples per SUBMITTALS Section. Submit 6 inch square samples of all glass and glass units. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania unless noted otherwise. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS General: Glass sizes shown are approximate. Sizes and proper edge clearances shall be determined by measuring the actual opening to receive glass. Labels shall not be removed until final approval is obtained. A. Float Glass: 1/4-inch thick, clear float (plate) B. Tempered Glass: 1/4-inch thick, clear "Herculite" tempered safety glass C. Insulating Glass: 1 inch thick, Y� inch air space, interior lite 1A inch Low E No. 3, exterior lite 1A inch Clear, as manufactured by Libby -Owens -Ford. D. Mirror Glass: 1 /4 inch thick quality polished plate glass, hermetically sealed with a uniform coating of electrolytic copper plating; FS #DDM-411. E. Heat -Strengthened Glass: 1 /4 inch thick, clear. F. Heat -Strengthened Glass: 3/4 inch thick, clear. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. Protect lass from damage of an kind during packaging, transporting and storage. 9 g Y g p 9 g- p 9 g Do not move partially unpacked cases of glass, as this is apt to cause glass damage or breakage. 3.02 GLAZING A. Not part of the work of this section. 3.03 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 08811 SECTION 09111 NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes non -load -bearing steel framing members for the following applications: 1. Interior framing systems (e.g., supports for partition walls, framed soffits, furring, etc.). 2. Interior suspension systems (e.g., supports for ceilings, suspended soffits, etc.). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275). 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641 /A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire. B. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641 /A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch (4.12-mm) diameter. C. Grid Suspension System for Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross -furring members that interlock. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Furring System. c. USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm) As well as, as indicated on drawings. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. B. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following: 1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Dietrich Metal Framing. 2) USG Corporation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. 3.2 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. B. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 3. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 4. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 5. Do not attach hangers to rolled -in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 6. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. 7. Do not attach hangers to exhaust hoods. C. Seismic Bracing: Sway -brace suspension systems with hangers used for support. D. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. E. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. 3.3 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. B. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in some direction. 1. Space studs as follows: a. As indicated on drawings. C. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly, c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. - 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the some as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4, Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated. 5. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of not less than 2 studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches (150 mm) O.C. D. Direct Furring: 1. Screw to wood framing. E. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1 /8 inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 09111 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWII. A SEP 0 1 2015 PERMIT CENTER J Q W O 0 O i W Ir W n U F- 0 D p� F- O W IL m I N LO IW V � L]G N ZD m Z F-- W -� r,v W " � Z r Of) ® w (1) 0000 - Z N 00 Q U - CO Q 0 0 U_ 0 C]U_J o LU 0- Lli 0: � r- f.... U) a- e- 0 in m N � � n I S N N � d ILL y o U N ao . N M � N O d 00 00 co N Revisions. .. REVIEWED FC Q CODEOM I APPROVED A uG 1 2 1 2015 City of Tukwil4 . BUILDING DIVIS 10371�REG 4MIN R. OF WA: JUN 2 3 2015 Drawn By ( Checked By Scale I Date SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Complying with ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, as applicable to type of gypsum board indicated and whichever is more stringent. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsum Company. b. USG Corporation. B. Type X: 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Flexible Type: Manufactured to bend to fit radii and to be more flexible than standard regular -type gypsum board of same thickness. 1. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Ceiling Type: Manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 2.2 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsurn Company. b. USG Corporation. 2. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. B. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al 18.9. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. b. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm). 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead, b. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. c. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting -type taping compound and setting -type, sandable topping compound, 2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load -bearing partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1 /4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. D. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide -dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. 3.2 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Type X: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Flexible Type: Apply at curved assemblies. 3. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. 4. Moisture- and Mold -Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. 3.3 APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A. Water -Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install at showers, tubs, and where indicated. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Cementitious Backer Units: As indicated on drawings. C. Where the backing panels abut other types of panels in some plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with some fasteners used w' for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturers written instructions. B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC -Bead; Use at exposed panel edges. 3. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. 3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. 3. Level 3: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view. E. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09250 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceramic the and glass for walls. B. Setting adhesives (mortar) and grout 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Tile backer board: SECTION 09250 C. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09250 D. Joint Sealants: SECTION 07920 1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS A. Tile Council of America (TCA): Most Current "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) PART 11- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of specific manufacturers. Emser Tile, contact Houston Distribution Center, 713-462-2441, email:,RedRobin@Emser.com. 2.02 CERTIFICATION A. Submit master grade certificates for each delivery of each tile type signed by manufacturer and installer. Comply with ANSI Al 37.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. Submit certification from the the manufacturer of satisfactory performance of frost proof tile. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Ceramic Tile: Refer to Finish Schedule on Drawings for manufacturer, color, size, pattern and grout color. Provide necessary caps, stops, coves, returns, trimmers and other shapes as required for a complete installation. Emser Tile, contact Houston Distribution Center, 713-462-2441, email: RedRobin@Emser.com. B. Setting Mortar Adhesives: 1. Walls, base and floors: As recommended by TCA for the particular conditions in which the the is being set. Verify and comply with manufacturer's specifications for intended installations. Interior Grout: 1. Latex "Merkrete" (division of Parex USA) Portland cement grout conforming to ANSI Al 18.4; color (pigment additive) as shown on drawings. Grout: "Merkrete Versatile Grout" as specified on drawings. Mortar: "Merkrete" 710 Premium Set, 820 Merlite, as specified on drawings. 2. Floors - Acid resistant grout, color (pigment additive) as shown on drawings. 3. "Merkrete"; Integra for glass tiles. 4. Underlayment, where applicable: "Merkrete" (as recommended by manufacturer), 5. Leveling Materials: as recommended by manufacturer. Exterior Grout: 1. Merkrete Products 735 Premium Flex", ANSI 118.4, Al 18.1 1, or equivalent grout (match color shown on Finish Schedule) mixed with 100% solution of custom acrylic mix. C. Source limitations for setting and grouting materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout components from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERY A. Deliver materials to the job site in the original containers with the manufacturer's identification on each package. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Examine all surfaces receiving ceramic the for any defects that would impair installation and if any are found, make such corrections. Contractor shall apply leveling coat of dry -set mortar over wall and floor surfaces which vary more than 1 /8" in 10 feet. B. Exterior Tile Installations: Exterior installations shall be made in strict compliance with manufacturer's written specifications and installation instructions in compliance with the Tile Council of America (TCA) current handbook for ceramic the installations. Installing contractor shall examine substrate prior to installing waterproofing and verify as acceptable and suitable for exterior the work. Report any unsuitable conditions: for further instructions from manufacturer for corrective measures prior to work start. Start of work will imply contractor has inspected substrate and determined suitable to receive the work. C. Installation constitutes acceptance of the substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Standard practice will be expected and accepted; poor or sloppy workmanship will be rejected. B. Interior: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions, and to "thin setting" instructions and sketches contained in "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" for each condition encountered on the job. 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Close areas to traffic until the has firmly set. Do not work on floors without use of kneeling boards. B. Tile to be cleaned in accordance with ANSI specifications and tile manufacturer's recommendations, "Pro Clean SA" or equivalent as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Exposed surfaces of material to be sponged and washed down removing all dirt and muss of every description. Material to be left thoroughly clean. Use of acid or acid cleaners is prohibited. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises, END OF SECTION 09310 SECTION 09315 PORCELAIN TILE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Porcelain the floor and base adhesives B. Setting and grout C. Waterproofing Membrane 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Joint Sealants: SECTION 07920 1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS A. Tile Council of America (TCA): Most current "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for acceptance. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of specific manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Porcelain Tile: - Porcelain Tile" Glazed and Unglazed, color shown on the drawings, as manufactured by Emser Tile, Contact: Houston Distribution Center 713-462-241 1. Email: RedRobin@Emser.com. Website: www.Emser.com. B. Setting Adhesives: "Merkrete" Mortar, Medium Bed, 710, 820 as specified on drawings, one part polymer modified dry set mortar; conforming to ANSI Al 18-4 as manufactured by Parex USA, Inc. (Merkrete). 4125 E. La Palama Ave, Suite 250 Anaheim, CA 92807 Architectural Sales and National Accounts 714-319-3186 Or 866-516-0061 C. Grout: Merkrete "Versatile" color grout, as manufactured by Parex USA. 1. Dining, Restrooms, Waiting Area - Mapei, "Ultra/Color", polymer -modified grout, conforming to ANSI Al 18-6; color shown on the drawings. B. Waterproofing: Load bearing, bonded, waterproof membrane for thin -set ceramic wile and dimension stone installations; ANSI Al 18.10 1. "Merkrete" Hydrogaurd 1: think mill load bearing, low VOC, fluid applied, modified elastomeric copolymer waterproofing and crack insolation membrane, positive side waterproofing, as manufactured by "Merkrete", Parex USA, Inc., Anaheim CA. 866-516-0061 2. Maximum amount of moisture in concrete substrate using a calcium chloride test shall not exceed 5 Ibs/1,000 sf. E. Floor Flatness, underlayments: 1. All substrate shall be plumb and true. Floor surface ceruation shall not exceed 14" in 10 ft for mortar beds and 1 /8" in 10 ft for thin set mortar. Leveling, patching when necessary is to be accomplished using labeling materials as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Patching, leveling or properly sloping of wet (or exterior) areas requiring a mortar bed shall be prepared using Merkrete's underlayments as recommended by manufacturer for site specific conditions. PART III - EXECUTION (Only where indicated on plans) 3.01 DELIVERY A. Deliver all materials to the job site in the original containers with the manufacturer's identification on each package. 3.02 INSPECTIONS A. Examine all surfaces receiving quarry tile for any defects that would impair installation and if any are found, make such corrections. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of the substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION Conform to manufacturers' printed specifications and instructions and to "cement mortar' instructions and sketches contained in "Handbook for Porcelain Tile Installation" for each condition encountered on the job. In general, standard practice will be expected and accepted and poor or sloppy workmanship will be rejected. Surface to receive tile must be free of sealers, curing compounds, coatings, oil, dust and must by dry. Waterproofing Membrane: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions. Install waterproofing membrane twenty-four (24) inches out from wall al slab, and up walls twelve (12) inches where indicated on the drawings, prior to installation of plastic wall paneling, quarry tile and base. Apply a liberal coat of Hydro Guard 1 Waterproof Membrane liquid to the floor or wall slightly wider than the fabric width. Include joints and covers which have been previously reinforced. While the surface is still wet, unroll a pre-cut piece of fabric into it. Use a brush to embed the fabric and smooth out any wrinkles. As the fabric is embedded, the liquid must fully saturate fabric. Immediately apply a coat of liquid to completely cover the fabric. Lap fabric 2" (5 cm) at seams. Allow to dry (2-6 hours). Apply a final application of liquid to the entire area. Porcelain tile and other finishes may be installed directly over the membrane as soon as it is dry, usually 4-6 hours at 701. 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 09315 SECTION 09330 QUARRY TILE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quarry the floor and base B. Setting adhesives and grout C. Waterproofing Membrane 1.02 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS A. Tile Council of America (TCA): Most current "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1.04 SUBMITTALS C. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for acceptance. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with specific n equal p g characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Quarry Tile: - Quarry Tile", 6" x 6" with 5" cove base and appropriate trim color shown on the drawings, as manufactured by Emser Tile, contact: Houston Distribution Centers, 713-462-2411, email: RedRobin@Emser.com. Website: www.Emser.com. B. Quarry Tile: - Abrasive Quarry Tile", 6" x 6" with appropriate trim, #OQ40A, color shown on the drawings, as manufactured by Emser Tile. C. Setting Adhesives: Merkrete 710 polymer modified cement, thin set mortar; conforming to ANSI Al 18-4 as manufactured by Parex, USA, Inc. D. Grout: 1. Kitchen, Bar, Cooler & Warewash - Merkrete "Versatile" color grout; polymer -modified Portland cement grout, conforming to ANSI Al 18-6; color shown on the drawings. E. Waterproofing: Load bearing, bonded, waterproof membrane for thin -set ceramic wile and dimension stone installations; ANSI Al 18.10 1. "Merkrete" Hydrogaurd 1: think mill load bearing, low VOC, fluid applied, modified elastomeric copolymer waterproofing and crack insolation membrane, positive side waterproofing, as manufactured by "Merkrete", Parex USA, Inc., Anaheim CA. 866-516-0061 2. Maximum amount of moisture in concrete substrate using a calcium chloride test shall not exceed 5 Ibs/1,000 sf. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERY A. Deliver all materials to the job site in the original containers with the manufacturer's identification on each package. 3.02 INSPECTIONS A. Examine all surfaces receiving quarry tile for any defects that would impair installation and if any are found, make such corrections. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of the substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION Conform to manufacturers' printed specifications and instructions and to "cement mortar' instructions anc sketches contained in "Handbook for Cerarnic Tile Installation" for each condition encountered on the job. In general, standard practice will be expected and accepted and poor or sloppy workmanship will be rejected. Surface to receive the must be free of sealers, curing compounds, coatings, oil, dust and must by dry. Waterproofing Membrane: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions. Install waterproofing membrane twenty-four (24) inches out from wall at slab, and up walls eighteen (18) inches where indicated on the drawings, prior to installation of plastic wall paneling, quarry tile and base. Apply a liberal coat of Hydro Guard 1 Waterproof Membrane liquid to the floor or wall slightly wider than the fabric width. Include joints and covers which have been previously reinforced. While the surface is still wet, unroll a pre-cut piece of fabric into it. Use a brush to embed the fabric and smooth out any wrinkles. As the fabric is embedded, the liquid must fully saturate fabric. Immediately apply a coat of liquid to completely cover the fabric. Lap fabric 2" (5 cm) at seams. Allow to dry (2-6 hours). Apply a final application of liquid to the entire area. Quarry the and other finishes may be installed directly over the membrane as soon as it is dry, usually 4-6 hours at 70°. 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 09330 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Section Includes: SOUND SILENCER, Porous Expanded Polypropylene acoustical ceiling the 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM El264: Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. 2. ASTM C423-99a: Sound Absorption by Reverberation Room Method. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Provide acoustical ceiling assembly designed and tested to provide surface burning characteristics (ASTM E84) as follows: a. Flame spread: 1 " F/S, 3 b. Smoke Developed: 1" S/D, 84 2. Provide acoustical ceiling system, which has been manufactured, fabricated and installed to provide Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC) rating as follows: a. For direct adhesive or mechanical fastener mounting Type A Mounting [1" NRC .45] SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit three samples: 6" x 6" (152 x 152 mm) for each PEPP ceiling unit required, showing full range of exposed texture to be expected in completed work. D. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Test reports: Upon request submit certified test reports from recognized test laboratories. 2. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Utilize an installer having demonstrated experience on projects of similar size and complexity. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section. B. Delivery: Deliver material in the manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Provide labels indicating brand name, source of procurement, style, size and thickness. D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install ceiling panels until building is closed in and HVAC system is operational. 1.7 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide additional material for use by owner in building maintenance and repair. Verify exact quantity with Owners Project Manager. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Sound Silencer Panels A. Acoustical ceiling Tile shall be as provided by Acoustical Surfaces Inc, 123 Columbia Court N. Chaska, Minn. 55318. Ph: 1 (800) 448-0121 1. SOUND SILENCER, Porous Expanded Polypropylene (PEPP) Lay -In Grid Ceiling Panels: a. Material description: Sound Silencer panels shall be manufactured from expanded polypropylene beads, which shall be capable of being recycled. b. Thickness 1" (25.4 mm) thick. c. Color, White. d. Acoustical panels shall be impervious to moisture, excessive humidity or water. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. A. Substitutions: No substitutions permitted without express prior approval from Owner. PART-3-EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with the instructions and recommendations of the ceiling the manufacturer. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive suspended or directly attached acoustical units for unevenness, irregularities and dampness that would affect quality and execution of work. 2. Do not proceed with installation of ceiling system until unacceptable conditions are corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Do not begin installation until materials sufficient to complete an entire room are received and are ready for installation. B. Ceiling areas shall be measured to establish layout of acoustical units per truss layout. C. Mastic apply all sound silencer panels between joists per locations shown on plans D. Field cut acoustical panels as required, in accordance with manufacturers recommended procedures and equipment. 3.3.1.1 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, trim, edge moldings and suspension members to comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning, B. Remove and replace tiles, which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed work from damage due to subsequent construction. activity, including temperature and humidity limitations and dust control, so that the work will be without damage and deterioration at the time of acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION 09510 SECTION 09512 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL CEILINGS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforced Plastic Panel Ceilings B..Ceiling Suspension System 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09250 Reinforcd Plastic Panels: SECTION 09545 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for acceptance. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the products of Kemlite. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these Specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Ceiling Panels: Kemlite - Glasbord-PSI 3/32" thick, 24" x 24" ,fiberglass panels, flame spread 200, smoke development 450. Use Class III/C. Color = 85 white - smooth gloss. B. Ceiling Panel Suspension System : U.S. Gypsum Company, "Environmental ZXLA" rolled, formed, double webbed galvanized steel, flat white finished aluminum cap. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING A. Handle with care to prevent damage of any sort. Scratched, damaged panels will not be accepted in the finished work. Replace all defective panels at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging. Remove from shipping skid and restock on a solid, flat, dry surface a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation. Do not stack panels directly on concrete floor. C. Inspect panels for any defects or panels of unacceptable quality and remove from premises. 3.02 SCAFFOLDING A. Furnish, erect, move, maintain and finally remove from premises all scaffolding and staging required for erection of the work of this section. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install system in full accord with manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings, in patterns and locations shown or indicated on the drawings. B. Suspension systems installed by direct suspension from structural systems in accordance with manufacturer's specification. Install additional hangars at ends of each suspension member, at each end of light fixtures, and 6 inches from vertical surfaces. Do not splay wires more than 5 inches in a 4 foot drop. Bottom of surfaces shall be flush and level. Miter corners where wall moldings intersect. C. The plumbing and heating contractors shall not utilize hangars or framing of suspension systern. The electrical contractor may utilize suspension system for lay -in fixture installation but shall furnish two supplementaryhangars per fixture for maintaining maximum I oad deflection. Electrical contractor shall not utilize the as sole support for any ceiling -mounted electrical device. All ceiling -mounted electrical devices shall be supported with brackets attached to tees. D. Ceilings laid out as shown on the drawings, however, if not specifically shown, ceilings laid out from center of room in both directions so that cut tiles are equal at all edges. Place materials to have full bearing on suspension members. 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 09512 SECTION 09545 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforced Plastic Panels B. Moldings C. Adhesives D, Sealants 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09250 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for acceptance. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the products of Kemlite. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these Specifications. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Panels: "Kemlite FRP Panels", 3/32" thick, fiberglass reinforced panels, flame spread 200, smoke development 450. Use Class III/C. B. Moldings: Manufacturer's standard, types for conditions intended for use. C. Adhesive: "C-551 Adhesive". RECEIVED Sealant: "Kemlite" CITY OF T'UKWILA Colors: Manufacturer's standard colors as noted on the drawings. SEP 012015 PART III -EXECUTION PERMIT CENTER 3.01 HANDLING A. Handle with care to prevent damage of any sort. Scratched, damaged panels will not be accepted in the finished work. Replace all defective panels at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging. Remove from shipping skid and restock on a solid, flat, dry surface a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation. Do not stack panels directly on concrete floor. C. Inspect panels for any defects or panels of unacceptable quality and remove from premises. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Panels: Back of panels shall be free of any foreign material or contaminants. B. Surfaces to be Covered: Surface shall be flat and true. Use a fast -setting underlayment to correct any surface irregularities. The surface to be covered shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, loose scaling paint, or other contaminants. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install wall panels in complete accord with manufacturer's printed instructions. All edges and joints of wall panels shall receive molding. Use continuous 10 foot lengths of molding at all panels. Piecing will not be acceptable. 3.04 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 09545 J 0 LLI (Z) 0 N 0 L W 0:� C: C U I-- � 0 p o LK 1 ry L 0 /Wn V r I� Cq ::D OLl Z UJ C -� 0) ry U) Z I r ® w r0 V N 00 00 z 06 _. u o, m _c Q U 0 = LIJ � 0 02 r - I? n U) UJ n r- 0 m N n � h N j CM = N 00 CD r ■ CD � N Q O N N o A'@ m`10 ,o w [11 ,�- N LLJ REVIEWED F R IL CODE COM PILI NCE A APPROVE 0 OCI 21 201, . Q City of Yu BUILDING D A 10371 REGISTER NJAMIN R. UWETA TE OF WASHINGTOt! Drawn By I Checked By Scale I Date ON SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Painting all exposed exterior and interior surfaces not specifically excluded herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1. Factory applied prime coats. 2, Joint treatment, taping, bedding and texturing of gypsum drywall: SECTION 09250 3. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920 4. Special coatings and finishes not specified herein. 5. Factory finished mechanical and electrical equipment, panel boards, piping, devices, etc., located in special purpose enclosures, rooms or spaces, such as screens, mechanical rooms, equipment rooms, electrical rooms, telephone rooms and janitor rooms. Exceptions: Items listed above specifically noted "Paint" on the drawings or in other sections of these specifications. General: Painting; 1. Sitework paving and surfacing. 2. Concrete foundations, walls, panels, slabs, etc, 3. Factory finished materials specified in the following Divisions of these specifications: a. WOOD AND PLASTIC b. MASONRY c. FINISHES d.SPECIALTIES 4. Factory finished: a. Roofing b. Hardware c. Electrical devises and cover plates 1,04 INTENT A. Providing Owner selected finishes and colors for exposed surfaces of the work of the construction contract. Contractor shall be responsible for field painting surfaces (not excluded above) including exposed factory finished mechanical and electrical equipment, piping, etc. "Exposed" shall mean visible from: ground level; floors and levels of construction of this contract; and floors and levels of buildings on adjacent properties. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen: Employ skilled workmen, experienced in the use of the specific product involved. Quality workmanship is required, B. Approval of Manufacturer: Materials used shall be exactly as specified in quality. No claim by painting subcontractor to unsuitability or unavailability of any material specified, or his unwillingness to use same, or his inability to produce quality work with same, will be entertained. C. Regulatory Agency Requirement: Conform to applicable code(s) for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements for finishes. 1,06 SUBMITTALS A. Paint Schedule: As soon as possible after Contract is signed, prepare and submit to Owner for acceptance an itemized PAINT SCHEDULE, listing the kinds and types of paints proposed for each and every application by name of manufacturer and brand name and color number of the paint for each application. This PAINT SCHEDULE submitted shall be similar in tentative paint listed contained hereinafter with no exceptions. B. Samples: Prepare and furnish in duplicate, on chips approximately 8" x 10" in size, dry specimens of each type finish for Owner review. Whenever possible, specimens shall be on the same type material as that on which it is to be used. PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of The Sherwin Williams Company. No substitutions will be allowed. Refer to Paragraph 3.08 of this section for ordering information. 2.02 KINDS OF MATERIALS A. Do not use paint products containing lead. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Paint List: Where any particular application is not mentioned in this list, Contractor shall figure on application of manufacturer's specification for application which is consistent with types and qualities listed herein. Exterior Surfaces A. Wood Trim Surface Prep: Wood - Sherwin Williams Exterior S-W 23 Prime Coat: Exterior Latex Wood Primer Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex B, Ferrous & Non -Ferrous Metals Surface Prep: Hand Tool Cleaning Sherwin Williams S-W 14 Prime Coat: Prolndustrial ProCryl Universal Metal Primer Intermediate: Prolndustrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish Coat: Prolndustrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss C. Glavanized Surface Prep: Galvanized Metal Sherwin Williams S-W 10 Prime Coat: Prolndustrial ProCryl Universal Metal Primer Intermediate: Prolndustrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish Coat: Prolndustrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss D. Concrete Surface Prep: Sherwin Williams Concrete S-W 5 Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams Loxon Exterior Acrylic Masonry Primer Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex E. Stucco Surface Prep: Stucco Sherwin Williams S-W 22 Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams Loxon Exterior Acrylic Masonry Primer Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex F. Unit Masonry Surface Prep: Block (Cinder and Concrete) Sherwin Williams S-W 3 Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams PM BLK FLR Intermediate: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex Finish Coat: Sherwin Williams A-100 Exterior Satin Latex Interior Surfaces: A. Wood (painted): Surface Prep: Wood - Interior Sherwin Williams S-W 24 Prime Coat: Multi -Purpose Latex Primer Intermediate: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel Finish Coat: ProMor@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel B. Drywall: Surface Prep: Drywall - Sherwin Williams Interior & Exterior S-W 8 Prime Coat: PrepRite@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Wall Primer Intermediate: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel Finish Coat: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel C. Ferrous Metals (exposed) (also include ceiling diffuser grilles): Surface Prep: Hand Tool Cleaning Sherwin Williams S-W 14 Prime Coat: Prolndustrial ProCryl Universal Metal Primer Intermediate: Prolndustrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish Coat: Prolndustrial Acrylic Semi -Gloss D. Open Ceilings (Gypsum Board) Surface Prep: Drywall -Interior & Exterior Sherwin Williams S-W 8 Prime Coat: PrepRite@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Wall Primer Intermediate: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel Finish Coat: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel j E. Open Ceilings (Wood Trusses) Surface Prep: Drywall -Interior Sherwin Williams S-W 24 Prime Coat: PrepRite@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Wall Primer Intermediate: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel Finish Coat: ProMar@ 200 Interior Zero VOC Latex Eg Shel F. Open Ceilings / Galvanized Metal - Steel Surface Prep: Hand Tool Cleaning Sherwin Williams S-W 14 Prime Coat: Sherwin Williams Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer Intermediate: Low VOC Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall, Flat B42W81 Finish Coat: Low VOC Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall, Flat B42W81 G. Wood Doors (painted): Surface Prep: Wood - Interior Sherwin Williams S-W 24 Prime Coat: Multi -Purpose Oil Primer Intermediate: Pro Industrial Pre -Catalyzed Water -Based Epoxy Semi -Gloss Finish Coat: Pro Industrial Pre -Catalyzed Water -Based Epoxy Semi -Gloss H. Wood Doors (Stained Trim - Int. & Ext. Openings) Surface Prep: Wood - Sherwin Williams Interior S-W 24 Prime Coat: Multi -Purpose Oil Primer Intermediate: Pro Industrial Pre -Catalyzed Water -Based Epoxy Semi -Gloss Finish Coat: Pro Industrial Pre -Catalyzed Water -Based Epoxy Semi -Gloss I. Interior Brass Qi ,,f- Pr - 3.08 ORDERING INFORMATION A. All finish coat paints can be obtained from THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY. THE SHERWIN WILLIAMS COMPANY 101 Prospect Avenue N.W. Cleveland, OH 44115 216/556-2902 B. All orders must be placed through THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY either by telephone or FAX. No pickups or deliveries will be made without THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY purchase orders or verbal authorization. Please allow 3-5 working days to process order. END OF SECTION 09900 surface with carbide sandpaper is necessary for best adhesion. Solvent wiping the surface with XIM GON TM Solvent Cleaner, XIM GON20, Water Based Cleaner, or xylene is also recommended. Do not use mineral spirits, turpentine or any oily cleaning solvent. PRIMER: XIM 40OW - TINTED BLACK SECTION 10167 1 ST COAT: PRO INDUSTRIAL PRE -CATALYZED WATER -BASED EPDXY, SEMI -GLOSS, K46 SERIES <150 g/L VOC, TOILET COMPARTMENTS SW 6258 TRICORN BLACK 2ND COAT: PRO INDUSTRIAL PRE -CATALYZED WATER -BASED EPDXY, SEMI -GLOSS, K46 SERIES <150 g/L VOC, PART I - GENERAL SW 6258 TRICORN BLACK 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES B. Coverage: Coverage coats noted above are minimum requirements. Contractor shall provide additional coats as needed for complete coverage. A. Toilet partitions C. Colors: Colors (shown on the drawings) have been selected by the Owner, who reserves the right to B. Doors and panels select colors formulated by manufacturers other than those listed hereinbefore. Paint manufacturer shall match color(s) selected and provide color match samples) to Owner for acceptance. C. Hardware D. G.C. to provide (1) one extra gallon of paint for each color. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 2.04 SCAFFOLDING, DROP CLOTHS, ETC. A. Toilet Accessories: SECTION 10810 A. Provide in place, move as necessary during the course of the work, and finally remove from the 1.03 SUBMITTALS premises when work is completed, or when directed, scaffolding, staging, ladders, plastic sheeting or other form of drop cloths, masking tapes, storage lockers for paint materials and mixing equipment as A. Prepare and submit shop drawings, per SUBMITTALS Section, for Owner's acceptance prior needed for proper and efficient performance of the work. to ordering any material. Submittal shall contain complete data for fabrication, erection and color selection. 2.05 MIXES PART 11- PRODUCTS A. Paint shall be ready -mixed unless otherwise accepted by the Owner, and shall be thinned or reduced only in accord with manufacturer's instruction. 2.01 MANUFACTURER PART III - EXECUTION A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to the following: 3.01 DELIVERY 1. Bradley Corporation 2. Sanymetal A. Deliver materials in unopened containers bearing manufacturers' brand name or catalog number, and 3. Global Partitions name or description of material. Carefully check delivered materials against the approved PAINT SCHEDULE. 2.02 TOILET PARTITIONS 3.02 STORAGE A. General: Stainless Steel, floor mounted, overhead braced, with stainless steel covered A. Store materials in a single place designated by the Architect. Keep storage place neat and clean. pilasters, doors and panels to provide the following thicknesses: 1. Door - 1 inch finished Damaged areas shall be corrected by cleaning, repairing or replacing. Soiled or used rags, waste and thickness. trash must be removed from building every night. Take every precaution to avoid the danger of fire. 4. Panels - 1 inch finished thickness. Temperature of storage are should be maintained between 50 F and 45 F. 5. Pilasters - 1-1 /4 inch finished thickness. 3.03 CONDITIONS A,Apply water -base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 F (10 C), unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions. B,Apply solvent -thinned points only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 F (7 C) and 95 F (35 C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. C.Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85% or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by material manufacturer during application and drying periods. E.Provide adequate ventilation of spaces while applying primer and finish coats. F. All application of coatings shall be done under adequate illumination. 3.04 PREPARATION A. Remove dirt, rust, scale, splinters, grease and oil from surfaces to be painted. Prepare surfaces prior to painting as specified by paint material manufacturer. Remove prefinished hardware, electrical devices, etc. before painting. Replace such items after finishes are completely dry. No exterior or interior painting shall be done until surfaces are thoroughly dry. Painting contractor is responsible for defective work from any cause, including unsuitable and improperly prepared surfaces, 3.05 PAINTING A. General: Apply paint in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Use techniques and applications best suited for type of material being applied. Spread or flow materials on smoothly, with proper film thickness and without runs, sags, skips or other defects. Cut paint in neatly around glass and other edges. Mix, stir, blend, etc. in strict accord with manufacturer's instructions Specific attention is called to stirring time intervals for stains. B. Wash metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove dirt, oil or grease before applying primer. Remove rust or scale by wire brushing or sanding cleaning before painting. Marred shop coats of paint shall be cleaned and touched up with primer, prior to finish coats. C. Galvanized metal surfaces shall be given a crystalline zinc phosphate pre-treatment. Two products for this purpose are Lithoform made by American Chemical Paint Co., Ambler, Pa., and Galvaprep #5, made by Neilson Chemical Co., Detroit, Michigan. D, Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned of any soil, efflorescence, excess mortar, etc. If wet cleaning is used, allow adequate time for drying to allow for uniform penetration. All cracks shall be pointed or caulked. All voids in masonry joints shall be filled. Neutralize acid washed surfaces. Moisture content of surface shall not exceed 15% in order to apply sealer. Allow new surfaces to age four weeks prior to application of sealer. E. Interior trim and cabinetry shall be back -primed with wood primer. F. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for completing painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. G. Scratches, cracks and abrasions on surfaces to be painted shall be filled with a spackling compound flush with adjoining surface. When dry, sand smooth and seal before application of priming coat. H. Enamel applied to wood or metal shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between coats to produce an even, smooth finish. I. Metal door frames shall be made smooth by filling and sanding before finishing. Touch-up factory prime coat before applying first coat. J, Prepare and stain interior wood siding as scheduled prior to installation. K. Drying Time: Unless, otherwise specified, exterior paints shall dry for 48 hours and interior paints for 24 hours between coats. L. Sanding: Sand enamels and varnish lightly and dust between coats. M. Acceptance: 1. Work is subject to acceptance by the Owner and any work not complying with these specifications shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner. 2. Final coat of paint shall have visual evidence of hiding and uniform appearance. 3. Paint shall be evenly spread and smoothly flowed on without runs, sags, curtains or other evidence of poor application. 4. Spot painting will be allowed to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces only when touch-up spot will blend into surrounding finish and is invisible to normal viewing. Otherwise, re -coat entire section to corners or visible stopping point. 3.06 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect work, adjacent work, and materials, by suitable covering. Upon completion of work, remove paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from the premises. B. Doors and Panels: Finished surface shall consist of 422 gauge, 304 18-8 stainless steel enclosing sound deadening Bridgecore. All formed edges shall be welded every 18" and sealed with a surrounding oval -crown lock strip, mitered, welded and finished at the corners. C. Pilasters: Finished surface shall consist of #20 gauge, 304 18-8 stainless steel welded and finished as specified for Stainless doors, Pilasters shall be secured to floor by means of 1 /4" thick anchor bar mechanism fastened to bottom of pilaster and shall be secured and leveled by using 7/16th bolts and nuts - tension/compression mounted. Pilasters shall be braced with extruded, anodized aluminum no -grip headrail and wall return. D. Urinal Screens: Some construction, finish and performance as for pilasters except urinal screens shall be secured to floor and ceiling by means of a leveling bar mechanism fastened to bottom and top of unit and shall be secured and leveled by using threaded bolts and nuts - tension/compression mounted. E. Hardware: 1. Top hinge pin shall be secured at three points with all chrome -plated door hinge fittings fully flush with face plates of the door. 2. Each door shall be equipped with chrome -plated cast alloy coat hook and bumper. Sanymetal concealed latch 48800 with bolt of stainless steel permitting exterior access, a one piece chrome plated stop and keeper and #7961 concealed controlled power bearing gravity hinge. 3. The door shall be adjustable to permit rest position at any angle within 2701 arc and the weight at all times shall be carried by a power bearing with all moving parts concealed within the door thickness . 4. Pilaster hinge brackets shall be chrome -plated zamac alloy and thru-bolted to the pilaster. 5. Floor and overhead braced connections shall be concealed with a one piece 304 stainless steel theftproof plinth. 6. Chrome -plated zamac stirrup brackets shall be used to attach panels and pilasters. Color: Color shall be 304 stainless steel, #4 finish. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions where indicated on the Drawings and in accord with the manufacturer's instructions, including installation and adjustment of hardware. B. All handicapped bathroom fixtures and toilet accessory installation dimensions shall comply with all ADA, state and local handicapped code requirements. 3.02 CLEANING A. Clean doors, partitions, panels and hardware upon completion of the work. Cleaning materials and procedure shall conform to the manufacturer's maintenance instructions. 3.03 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises. END OF SECTION 10167 SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Toilet Accessories B. Installation Requirements 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920 B. Glass: SECTION 08811 PART II - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Bradley 2. Bobrick 3. American Specialties, Inc. B. All bathroom fixtures and accessories shall comply with all federal, state and local handicap accessibility code requirements. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Deliver items in manufacturer's unopened protective cartons. Maintain covers on units until installation is complete. B. Provide the following accessories in quantities and in locations indicated on the drawings: 1. Grab Bars: Length and configuration shown on the drawings (with appropriate anchors). a. Bradley 4832-2 b. Bobrick #B-6806.99. Provide 2583, toilet partition anchor as required. C. American Specialties, Inc. # 3100 2. Recessed Waste Receptacle a. Bradley #346-10. b. Bobrick #13-3644 C. American Specialties, Inc. # 0458 3. Partition Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispenser & Waste Receptacle a. Bradley #5941 b. American Specialties, Inc. # 04813 4. Recessed Toilet Tissue Dispenser & Toilet Seat Cover & Waste Receptacle a. Bradley #5912 b. Bobrick #13-3574 C. American Specialties, Inc. # 0482 5. Partition Mounted Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser a. Bradley #582 7. Recessed Napkin/tampon Dispenser a. Bradley #401-45 d. Bobrick #13-3500 e, American Specialties, Inc. # 0468 8. Changing Table a. Bradley #9611 b. Bobrick #13-2210 c. American Specialties, Inc. # 9012 9. Mirror (As required) a. Bradley #781-2436 b. Bobrick #B-165-2436 c. American Specialties, Inc. # 0620 10. Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser B.O. 11. Surface Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser a. Bradley #2490 b. Bobrick #13-2621 C. American Sp ecitlaties Inc # 0215 12. Surface Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispenser a. Bradley #5402 b. Bobrick #13-2888 C. American Specialties, Inc. # 0030 13. Surface Mounted Waste Receptacle (As Required) a. Bradley #356 b. Bobrick #13-5277 c. American Specialties, Inc. # 0826 14. Surface Mounted Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser a. Bradley #5831 b. Bobrick #8-221 c. American Specialties, Inc. # 04775M 15. Surface Mounted Coat Hook Strip (As Required) a. Bradley #9944 b. Bobrick #B-232X36 C. American Specialties, Inc. # 1307-4 16. Surface Mounted Napkin Disposal a. Bradley #4722-15 b. Bobrick #13254 c. American Specialties, Inc. # 0473-A 2.03 SEALANTS A. Same as specified for exterior sealing in SEALANTS AND CAULKING. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. INSPECT BLOCKING AND PLATE INSERTS IN FRAMING TO DETERMINE IF MATERIAL IS IN PROPER POSITION FOR INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES PRIOR TO WALLBOARD SURFACING BEING APPLIED. UNITS SECURELY ATTACHED TO FRAMING. GRAB BARS INSTALLED TO WITHSTAND A 900 LB. LOADING CONDITION; PROVIDE NECESSARY CONCEALED ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO MEET LOAD REQUIREMENTS. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ITEMS IN ACCORD WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, IN LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IN COOPERATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. B. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERS AT FINAL CLEAN-UP OF INSTALLATION. 3.03 CLEAN-UP A. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK OF THIS SECTION REMOVE RELATED DEBRIS FROM PREMISES. END OF SECTION 10810 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 0 1 2015 PERMIT CENTER _! CD W O 0 N 0 i UJ LU Cll U 0 D 0 H O cn lry t2 f-- m ry r N m Z LI J C3 r 0 n p w 0N 0 00 z U � 0"- LL I- ry IUJ o 3 W d_ W cit, 'fin CU o N �.. ti ai U) I ` (Wl N N •� M N = dQ0 � co_ � LL " C. N C� t in O N M � N O b; CUm` to w NLLJ onsREVIIEWED FOF CODE COMPLIAN APPROVED OCT 21 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISI 10371 �,�jREG I flJAMIN R. OF TE OF WASHI iy. 2U fa Drawn By ) Checked By Scale I Da